3आज सत बाप , सत शिक्षक , सतगुरू अपने चारों ओर के सत्यता स्वरूप , शक्ति स्वरूप बच्चों को देख रहे हैं क्योंकि सत्यता की शक्ति सर्वश्रेष्ठ है . āj sat bāp , sat śhikṣhak , satgurū apnē chārō̃ ōr K|kē satyatā svarūp , śhakti svarūp bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ kyōṅki satyatā key|kī śhakti sarvaśhrēṣhṭha hai . āj sat[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sat[adj.] śhikṣhak[x] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] satyatā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki satyatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today true father , true teacher , Satguru one’s own everywhere (K|of) truth form , Shakti form child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because truth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti x be[pres.sg.23] .
2Today, the true Father, the true Teacher and the Satguru is seeing His children everywhere who are embodiments of truth and embodiments of power, because the power of truth is the most elevated.
4इस सत्यता की शक्ति का आधार है सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता . is satyatā key|kī śhakti kā ādhār hai sampūrṇ pavitratā . yah[pn.sg.o.] satyatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . this truth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti of basis be[pres.sg.23] complete purity .
3The basis of the power of truth is complete purity.
5मन-वचन-कर्म , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क , स्वप्न में भी अपवित्रता का नाम निशान न हो . man-vachan-karma , sambandh-sampark , svapn mē̃ bhī apavitratā kā nām niśhān na hō . man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] , svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[x] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . thoughts, words and deeds , x , dream in too impurity of x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
4Let there be no name or trace of impurity in your thoughts, words, deeds, relationships, connections or even in your dreams.
6ऐसी पवित्रता का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप क्या दिखाई देता ? aisī pavitratā kā pratyakṣha svarūp kyā dikhāī dētā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] kyā dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? such purity of x what (x[past-part.f.]|x) give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
5What is the practical form of such purity that is visible?
7ऐसी पवित्र आत्मा के चलन और चेहरे में स्पष्ट दिव्यता दिखाई देती है . aisī pavitra ātmā K|kē chalan aur chēhrē mē̃ spaṣhṭ divyatā dikhāī dētī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] divyatā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . such pure soul (K|of) behaviour and face in clearly divinity be visible .
6Divinity is clearly visible on the face and in the behaviour of such pure souls.
8उनके नयनों में रूहानी चमक , चेहरे में सदा हर्षितमुखता और चलन में हर कदम में बाप समान कर्मयोगी . unkē nayanō̃ mē̃ rūhānī chamak , chēhrē mē̃ sadā harṣitamukhatā aur chalan mē̃ har|her kadam mē̃ bāp samān karmayōgī . vah[pn.pl.kē] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā x aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp samān[x] karmyōgī[adj.] . that[.kē] eye in spiritual (x[root]|sparkle) , face in constantly x and behaviour in (x[root]|x) step in equal to the Father karma yogi .
7In their eyes, they have a spiritual sparkle, on their face there is always cheerfulness and in their behaviour, in their every step, they are karma yogis like the father.
9ऐसे सत्यवादी सत बाप द्वारा इस समय आप सभी बन रहे हो . aisē satyavādī sat bāp dvārā is samay āp sabhī ban rahē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] satyavādī[adj.] sat[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā is samay[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . such truthful true father through at this time you all become[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
8All of you are following the path of truth (satyavadi) through the true Father at this time.
10दुनिया में भी कई अपने को सत्यवादी कहते हैं , सच भी बोलते हैं लेकिन सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता ही सच्ची सत्यता शक्ति है . duniyā mē̃ bhī kaī apnē kō satyavādī kahtē haĩ , sach bhī bōltē haĩ lēkin sampūrṇ pavitratā hī sachchī satyatā śhakti hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kaī apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] satyavādī[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sach[adj.] bhī[p.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] satyatā[n.f.;sg.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world in too some one’s own to truthful say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , of truth too speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but complete purity only true truth Shakti be[pres.sg.23] . 11जो इस समय इस संगमयुग में आप सभी बन रहे हो . jō is samay is saṅgamyug mē̃ āp sabhī ban rahē hō . jō[pn.;d.] is samay[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . that at this time this confluence age in you all become[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
9Many people in the world say that they are following the path of truth, and they also speak the truth, but only complete purity is the true power of truth, and all of you are becoming that at this time, in this confluence age.
12इस संगमयुग की श्रेष्ठ प्राप्ति है - सत्यता की शक्ति , पवित्रता की शक्ति . is saṅgamyug key|kī śhrēṣhṭh prāpti hai - satyatā key|kī śhakti , pavitratā key|kī śhakti . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - satyatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . this confluence age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) elevated attainment be[pres.sg.23] - truth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti , purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti . 13जिसकी प्राप्ति सतयुग में आप सभी ब्राह्मण सो देवता बन आत्मा और शरीर दोनों से पवित्र बनते हो . jiskī prāpti satyug mē̃ āp sabhī brāhmaṇ sō dēvtā ban ātmā aur śharīr dōnō̃ sē pavitra bantē hō . jō[pn.sg.kī] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā bannā[root] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . that[.kī] attainment golden age in you all Brahmin (x|sleep[root]) become deity soul and body x from pure become[pres.pl.m.2] .
10The elevated attainment of this confluence age is the power of truth and the power of purity, and the attainment of this is that all of you Brahmins will be deities in the golden age and be pure in terms of both the soul and the body.
14सारे सृष्टि चक्र में और कोई भी आत्मा और शरीर दोनों से पवित्र नहीं बनते . sārē sr̥iṣhṭi chakra mē̃ aur kōī bhī ātmā aur śharīr dōnō̃ sē pavitra nahī̃ bantē . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . the whole world (x|cycle) in someone else too soul and body x from pure not become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
11Throughout the whole world cycle, no other souls become pure in terms of both the soul and the body.
15आत्मा से पवित्र बनते भी हैं लेकिन शरीर पवित्र नहीं मिलता . ātmā sē pavitra bantē bhī haĩ lēkin śharīr pavitra nahī̃ miltā . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . soul from pure become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but body pure not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
12They become pure in terms of the soul, but they don't receive a pure body.
16तो ऐसी सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता इस समय आप सब धारण कर रहे हो . tō aisī sampūrṇ pavitratā is samay āp sab dhāraṇ kar rahē hō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] is samay[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . then such complete purity at this time you all adopt[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
13So, at this time, all of you are imbibing such complete purity.
17फलक से कहते हो , याद है क्या फलक से कहते हो ? phalak sē kahtē hō , yād hai kyā phalak sē kahtē hō ? phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] what sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] ?
14You say with spiritual intoxication - do you remember what you say with that spiritual intoxication?
18याद करो . yād karō . yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . remember .
15Remember that.
19सभी दिल से कहते हैं , अनुभव से कहते हैं कि पवित्रता तो हमारा जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है , जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार सहज प्राप्त होता है क्योंकि पवित्रता वा सत्यता प्राप्त करने के लिए आप सभी ने पहले अपने सत स्वरूप आत्मा को जान लिया . sabhī dil sē kahtē haĩ , anubhav sē kahtē haĩ ki pavitratā tō hamārā janm siddha adhikār hai , janm siddha adhikār sahaj prāpt hōtā hai kyōṅki pavitratā vā satyatā prāpt karnē kē liē āp sabhī nē pahlē apnē sat svarūp ātmā kō jān liyā . sab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] tō ham[pn.pl.kā] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] sahaj[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] vā satyatā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sat[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . all heart from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , experience from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that purity then we[.kā] (be born[root]|life) successful right be[pres.sg.23] , (be born[root]|life) successful right easy reached be[pres.sg.m.23] because purity or truth reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for you all ∅ (x|firstly) one’s own true form soul to know[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
16All of you say from your heart, and from your experience, that purity is your birthright. 17A birthright is attained easily, because in order to attain purity and truth, all of you have first of all recognised your true form of a soul.
20अपने सत बाप , शिक्षक , सतगुरू को पहचान लिया . apnē sat bāp , śhikṣhak , satgurū kō pahchān liyā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sat[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhikṣhak[x] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . one’s own true father , teacher , Satguru to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
18You have recognised your true Father, Teacher and the Satguru.
21पहचान लिया और पा लिया . pahchān liyā aur pā liyā . pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] aur pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] and x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
19You have recognised Him and attained Him.
22जब तक कोई अपने सत स्वरूप वा सत बाप को नहीं जानते तो सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता , सत्यता की शक्ति आ नहीं सकती . jab tak kōī apnē sat svarūp vā sat bāp kō nahī̃ jāntē tō sampūrṇ pavitratā , satyatā key|kī śhakti ā nahī̃ saktī . jab tak[x] kōī[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sat[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā sat[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] , satyatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . as long as some one’s own true form or true father to not know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then complete purity , truth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti come[root] not can[pres-part.f.] .
20Until someone recognises his true form and the true Father, they cannot attain complete purity or the power of truth.
23तो आप सभी सत्यता और पवित्रता की शक्ति के अनुभवी है ना ! tō āp sabhī satyatā aur pavitratā key|kī śhakti K|kē anubhavī hai nā ! tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] satyatā[n.f.;sg.] aur pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then you all truth and purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti (K|of) experienced be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
21All of you are experienced in the powers of truth and purity, are you not?
24हैं अनुभवी ? haĩ anubhavī ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] anubhavī[adj.] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] experienced ?
22Are you experienced?
25अनुभवी हैं ? anubhavī haĩ ? anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
23Are you experienced?
26वह लोग प्रयत्न रते हैं लेकिन यथार्थ रूप में ना अपने स्वरूप , न सत बाप के यथार्थ स्वरूप को जान सकते . vah lōg prayatna ratē haĩ lēkin yathārth rūp mē̃ nā apnē svarūp , na sat bāp K|kē yathārth svarūp kō jān saktē . vah[pn.sg.d.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin yathārth[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , na[neg] sat[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yathārth[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that people x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but x Rup in ∅ one’s own form , not true father (K|of) x form to (know[root]|x) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
24Those people try to experience it, but they are neither able to know their own accurate form nor the form of the true Father accurately.
27और आप सबने इस समय के अनुभव द्वारा पवित्रता को ऐसे सहज अपनाया जो इस समय की प्राप्ति का प्रालब्ध देवताओं की पवित्रता नेचरल है और नेचर है . aur āp sabnē is samay K|kē anubhav dvārā pavitratā kō aisē sahaj apnāyā jō is samay key|kī prāpti kā prālabdh dēvtāō̃ key|kī pavitratā natural hai aur nature hai . aur āp[pn.pl.] sabnē is samay[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahaj[adj.] apnānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] is samay[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] natural hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur nature hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and you x at this time (K|of) experience through purity to such easy adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] that at this time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment of reward deity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) purity natural be[pres.sg.23] and nature be[pres.sg.23] .
25However, through the experience of this time, all of you have imbibed purity so easily that the reward of the attainment of this time is that the purity of the deities is natural and it is their nature.
28ऐसी नेचरल नेचर का अनुभव आप ही प्राप्त करते हो . aisī natural nature kā anubhav āp hī prāpt kartē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] natural nature[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . such natural nature of experience you only reach .
26Only you receive the experience of such a natural nature.
29तो चेक करो कि पवित्रता वा सत्यता की शक्ति नेचरल नेचर के रूप में बनी है ? tō check karō ki pavitratā vā satyatā key|kī śhakti natural nature K|kē rūp mē̃ banī hai ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] vā satyatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] natural nature[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that purity or truth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti natural nature (K|of) Rup in become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
27Therefore, check whether you have made the powers of purity and truth your natural nature!
30आप क्या समझते हो ? āp kyā samajhtē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you what understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
28What do you think?
31जो समझते हैं कि पवित्रता तो हमारा जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki pavitratā tō hamārā janm siddha adhikār hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] tō ham[pn.pl.kā] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that purity then we[.kā] (be born[root]|life) successful right be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
29Those who believe that purity is your birthright, raise your hands!
32जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है कि मेहनत करनी पड़ती है ? janm siddha adhikār hai ki mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai ? janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ? (be born[root]|life) successful right be[pres.sg.23] that effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ?
30Is it your birthright or do you have to make effort for it?
33मेहनत करनी तो नहीं पड़ती ना ! mēhnat karnī tō nahī̃ paṛtī nā ! mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] nā ! effort (x|do[inf.f.]) then not fall[pres-part.f.] ∅ !
31You don't have to make effort for it, do you?
34सहज है ना ! sahaj hai nā ! sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
32It is easy, is it not?
35क्योंकि जन्मसिद्ध आधिकार तो सहज प्राप्त हाता है | मेहनत नह करनी पड़ती . kyōṅki janmasiddh ādhikār tō sahaj prāpt hātā hai | mēhnat nah karnī paṛtī . kyōṅki janmasiddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x tō sahaj[adj.] prāpt[adj.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] | mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] x karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . because x x then easy reached x be[pres.sg.23] | effort x (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] .
33A birthright is attained easily. 34You don't have to make effort for it.
36दुनिया वाले असम्भव समझते हैं और आपने असम्भव को सम्भव और सहज बना दिया है . duniyā vālē asambhav samajhtē haĩ aur āpnē asambhav kō sambhav aur sahaj banā diyā hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] asambhav[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.nē] asambhav[adj.] kō[postp.] sambhav[adj.] aur sahaj[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . world those who impossible understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you[.nē] impossible to x and easy (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
35People of the world think it is impossible, whereas you have made the impossible possible and easy.
37जो नये नये बच्चे आये हैं , जो पहले बारी आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō nayē nayē bachchē āyē haĩ , jō pahlē bārī āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that new new child come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
36New children who have come here for the first time, raise your hands.
38अच्छा जो नये नये बच्चे हैं , मुबारक हो नये पहली बार आने वालों को क्योंकि बापदादा कहते हैं कि भले लेट तो आये हो लेकिन टू लेट में नहीं आये हो . achchhā jō nayē nayē bachchē haĩ , mubārak hō nayē pahlī bār ānē vālō̃ kō kyōṅki bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki bhalē lēṭ|late tō āyē hō lēkin too late mē̃ nahī̃ āyē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyōṅki bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēṭnā[root]|late tō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin too late[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . achcha that new new child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) new x time (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to because BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that benefit (lie down[root]|late) then come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but too late in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
37Achcha, those who are new children, congratulations to the new ones who have come here for the first time because BapDada says: Although you have come late, you have not come here too late.
39और नये बच्चों को बापदादा का वरदान है कि लास्ट वाला भी फास्ट पुरूषार्थ कर फर्स्ट डिवीजन में आ सकते हैं . aur nayē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā vardān hai ki last vālā bhī fast purūṣhārth kar first division mē̃ ā saktē haĩ . aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] last vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fast puruṣhārth karnā[root] first division[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . and new child to BapDada of blessing be[pres.sg.23] that last those who too fast effort do[root] x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 40फर्स्ट नम्बर नहीं लेकिन फर्स्ट डिवीजन में आ सकते हैं . first number nahī̃ lēkin first division mē̃ ā saktē haĩ . first[adj.] number nahī̃[neg] lēkin first division[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . first number not but x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
38And the new children have received the blessing from BapDada that those who have come last can make fast effort and come in the first division; not the first number, but you can come in the first division.
41तो नये बच्चों को इतनी हिम्मत है , हाथ उठाओ जो फर्स्ट आयेंगे . tō nayē bachchō̃ kō itnī himmat hai , hāth uṭhāō jō first āyēṅgē . tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] first[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then new child to such courage be[pres.sg.23] , raise your hands that first come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
39So, do the new children have that much courage? 40Those who will come first, raise your hands.
42देखना टी . वी . में आपका हाथ दिखाई दे रहा है . dēkhnā T . V|we . mē̃ āpkā hāth dikhāī dē rahā hai . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] x . (x) . in you[.kā] hand be visible .
41Be careful, your hands are being shown on the TV.
43अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
42Achcha.
44हिम्मत वाले हैं . himmat vālē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
43You have courage.
45मुबारक हो हिम्मत की . mubārak hō himmat key|kī . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) courage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) . 46और हिम्मत है तो बाप की तो मदद है ही लेकिन सर्व ब्राह्मण परिवार की भी शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना आप सबके साथ है . aur himmat hai tō bāp key|kī tō madad hai hī lēkin sarv brāhmaṇ parivār key|kī bhī śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā āp sabkē sāth hai . aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tō madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin sarv[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and courage be[pres.sg.23] then father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) then x be[pres.sg.23] only but all Brahmin family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too pure feeling , good wishes you everyone's with be[pres.sg.23] .
44Congratulations for your courage, because it is when you have courage that you definitely have the Father's help; and the good wishes and pure feelings of the whole Brahmin family are also with all of you.
47इसलिए जो भी नये पहले बारी आये हैं उन सबके प्रति बापदादा और परिवार की तरफ से दुबारा पदमगुणा बधाई हो , बधाई हो , बधाई हो . isliē jō bhī nayē pahlē bārī āyē haĩ un sabkē prati bāpdādā aur parivār key|kī taraph sē dubārā padamguṇā badhāī hō , badhāī hō , badhāī hō . isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati bāpdādā aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dubārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . therefore that too new (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that everyone's for BapDada and family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from x multimillion-fold greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
45Therefore, all the new ones who have come here for the first time, accept multimillion times congratulations, congratulations, congratulations for the second time from BapDada and the family.
48आप सभी जो पहले आने वाले हैं उन्हों को भी खुशी हो रही है ना ! āp sabhī jō pahlē ānē vālē haĩ unhō̃ kō bhī khuśhī hō rahī hai nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā ! you all that (x|firstly) (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ !
46All of you are also happy seeing those who have come here for the first time, are you not?
49बिछुड़ी हुई आत्मायें फिर से अपने परिवार में पहुंच गये हैं . bichhuṛī huī ātmāyē̃ phir sē apnē parivār mē̃ pahuñch gayē haĩ . bichhuṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] phir sē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . want to be separated[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul again one’s own family in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
47Souls who had become separated have once again become part of their family.
50तो बापदादा भी खुश हो रहे हैं और आप सब भी खुश हो रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ aur āp sab bhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and you all too happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
48BapDada is happy and all of you are also happy.
51बापदादा ने वतन में दादी के साथ एक रिजल्ट देखी . bāpdādā nē vatan mē̃ dādī kē sāth ēk result dēkhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] ēk[adj.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . BapDada ∅ world in Dadi with one result see[past-part.f.] .
49In the subtle region, BapDada along with Dadi saw a result.
52क्या रिजल्ट देखी ? kyā result dēkhī ? kyā result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ? what result see[past-part.f.] ?
50What result did they see?
53आप सभी जानते हो , मानते हो कि हम मालिक सो बालक हैं . āp sabhī jāntē hō , māntē hō ki ham mālik sō bālak haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , mānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you all know[pres.pl.m.2] , x[pres.pl.m.2] that we master (x|sleep[root]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 54हैं ना ! haĩ nā ! hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
51All of you know and accept that you are masters and children, do you not?
55मालिक भी हो , बालक भी हो . mālik bhī hō , bālak bhī hō . mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . master too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
52You are masters and also children.
56सभी हैं ? sabhī haĩ ? sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
53Are all of you this?
57हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
54Raise your hands!
58सोच के उठाना , ऐसे नहीं . sōch K|kē uṭhānā , aisē nahī̃ . sōchnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , aisē nahī̃[x] . think[root] (K|of) uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] , it isn't that .
55Consider it carefully before you raise it, not just like that.
59हिसाब लेंगे ना ! hisāb lē̃gē nā ! hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! account take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
56Baba will take account of it, will He not?
60अच्छा , हाथ नीचे करो . achchhā , hāth nīchē karō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nīchē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , hand down do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
57Achcha, put your hands down!
61बापदादा ने देखा कि बालकपन का निश्चय और नशा यह तो सहज रहता है क्योंकि ब्रह्माकुमार और ब्रह्माकुमारी कहलाते हो तो बालक हो तभी तो ब्रह्माकुमार कुमारी कहलाते हो . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki bālakpan kā niśhchay aur naśhā yah tō sahaj rahtā hai kyōṅki brahmākumār aur brahmākumārī kahlātē hō tō bālak hō tabhī tō brahmākumār kumārī kahlātē hō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bālakpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brahmākumārī[x] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tabhī tō brahmākumār kumārī[x] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x of faith and intoxication this then easy remain[pres.sg.m.23] because Brahma Kumar and Brahma Kumari call[pres.pl.m.2] then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x then x call[pres.pl.m.2] . 62और सारा दिन मेरा बाबा , मेरा बाबा यही स्मृति में लाते हो फिर भूल भी जाते हो लेकिन बीच-बीच में याद आता है . aur sārā din mērā bābā , mērā bābā yahī smr̥iti mē̃ lātē hō phir bhūl bhī jātē hō lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃ yād ātā hai . aur sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā yahī[pn.;d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . and the whole day I[.kā] Baba , I[.kā] Baba this awareness in x[pres.pl.m.2] (then|turn[root]) (mistake|forget[root]) too go[pres.pl.m.2] but x remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] .
58BapDada saw that you easily have the faith and intoxication of being a child, because all of you are called Brahma Kumars and Kumaris. 59It is because you are the children that you are called Brahma Kumars and Kumaris, and you have the awareness throughout the day of only "My Baba, my Baba!", but you then also forget Him. 60However, you remember Him again and again.
63और सेवा में भी बाबा बाबा शब्द नेचरल मुख से निकलता है . aur sēvā mē̃ bhī bābā bābā śhabda natural mukh sē nikaltā hai . aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bābā bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] natural mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and service in too Baba Baba word natural mouth from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
61In service too, the words "Baba, Baba" emerge through your lips naturally.
64अगर बाबा शब्द नहीं निकलता तो ज्ञान का कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ता . agar bābā śhabda nahī̃ nikaltā tō gyān kā kōī prabhāv nahī̃ paṛtā . agar bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if Baba word not be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then knowledge of some x not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
62If the word "Baba" does not emerge through your lips, then the knowledge doesn't have any impact at all.
65प्रभाव जो भी सेवा करते हो , भाषण करते हो , कोर्स कराते हो , भिन्न-भिन्न टॉपिक पर करते हो . prabhāv jō bhī sēvā kartē hō , bhāṣhaṇ kartē hō , course karātē hō , bhinn-bhinn topic par kartē hō . prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , course karānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bhinn[adj.] topic par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . x that too service do[pres.pl.m.2] , lecture do[pres.pl.m.2] , course make commit[pres.pl.m.2] , different topic (at|other) do[pres.pl.m.2] . 66सच्ची सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप वा प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण यही है कि सुनने वाले भी अनुभव करें कि मैं भी बाबा का हूँ . sachchī sēvā kā pratyakṣha svarūp vā pratyakṣha pramāṇ yahī hai ki sunnē vālē bhī anubhav karē̃ ki maĩ bhī bābā kā hū̃ . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] vā pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . true service of x or visible (under) this be[pres.sg.23] that listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] that I too Baba of be[pres.sg.1] .
63The impact of whatever service you do, lectures you give, courses you give on the different topics, the practical form and the practical proof of that true service is that those who listen to you have the experience that they too belong to Baba.
67उनके मुख से भी बाबा बाबा शब्द निकले . unkē mukh sē bhī bābā bābā śhabda nikalē . vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bābā bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that[.kē] mouth from too Baba Baba word (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
64The words "Baba, Baba" should emerge from their lips too.
68कोई ताकत है , यह नहीं . kōī tākat hai , yah nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . some power be[pres.sg.23] , this not . 69अच्छा है , यह नहीं . achchhā hai , yah nahī̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this not . 70लेकिन मेरा बाबा अनुभव करें इसको कहेंगे सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष फल . lēkin mērā bābā anubhav karē̃ iskō kahē̃gē sēvā kā pratyakṣha phal . lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] . but I[.kā] Baba experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] this[.kō] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] service of visible fruit .
65They should not say, "There is some power", or "This is good.", but they should experience "My Baba". 66This is said to be the practical fruit of service.
71तो बालकपन का नशा वा निश्चय फिर भी अच्छा रहता है . tō bālakpan kā naśhā vā niśhchay phir bhī achchhā rahtā hai . tō bālakpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vā niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir bhī[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then x of intoxication or faith nevertheless achcha remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
67You have very good intoxication and faith of being a child.
72लेकिन मालिकपन का निश्चय और नशा नम्बरवार रहता है . lēkin mālikpan kā niśhchay aur naśhā number-vār rahtā hai . lēkin mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] number-wār rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but being a master of faith and intoxication numberwise remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
68However, the intoxication and faith of being a master is numberwise.
73बालकपन से मालिकपन का प्रैक्टिकल चलन और चेहरे से नशा कभी दिखाई देता है , कभी कम दिखाई देता है . bālakpan sē mālikpan kā practical chalan aur chēhrē sē naśhā kabhī dikhāī dētā hai , kabhī cum|kam dikhāī dētā hai . bālakpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] cum|kam[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x from being a master of practical behaviour and face from intoxication ever be visible , ever (x|less) be visible .
69The intoxication visible in your practical behaviour and on your face of being a master is less than that of being a child; sometimes it is visible and at other times, it is less visible.
74वास्तव में आप डबल मालिक हो एक बाप के खज़ानों के मालिक हो . vāstav mē̃ āp double mālik hō ēk bāp K|kē khazānō̃ K|kē mālik hō . vāstav mē̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] double mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x you double master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) one father (K|of) treasure (K|of) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
70In fact, you are double masters: 1) You are masters of the Father's treasures.
75सभी मालिक हो ना खज़ानों के ? sabhī mālik hō nā khazānō̃ K|kē ? sab[adv.hī] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? all master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ treasure (K|of) ?
71All of you are masters of the treasures, are you not?
76और बाप ने सभी को एक जितना ही खज़ाना दिया है . aur bāp nē sabhī kō ēk jitnā hī khazānā diyā hai . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and father ∅ all to one the more only treasure give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
72And the Father has given all of you the same treasures.
77कोई को लाख दिया हो , कोई को हजार दिया हो , ऐसा नहीं है . kōī kō lākh diyā hō , kōī kō hajār diyā hō , aisā nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] lākh[x] dēnā[x] , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some to 100,000 give[x] , some to 1000 give[x] , such not be[pres.sg.23] .
73It is not that He has given a hundred thousand to some and a thousand to others.
78सभी को सब खज़ाने बेहद के दिये हैं क्योंकि बाप के पास बेहद के खज़ाने हैं . sabhī kō sab khazānē bēhad K|kē diyē haĩ kyōṅki bāp kē pās bēhad K|kē khazānē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all to all treasure unlimited (K|of) give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] because father to unlimited (K|of) treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
74He has given everyone all the treasures in an unlimited way because the Father has unlimited treasures.
79कम नहीं हैं . cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
75He doesn't have anything less.
80तो बापदादा ने सभी को सर्व खज़ाने दिये हैं और एक जैसे , एक जितने दिये हैं . tō bāpdādā nē sabhī kō sarv khazānē diyē haĩ aur ēk jaisē , ēk jitnē diyē haĩ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ all to all treasure give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and one like , one the more give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
76Therefore, BapDada has given everyone all the treasures and He has given everyone the same amount of treasures.
81और दूसरा मालिक है - स्व राज्य के मालिक हो . aur dūsrā mālik hai - sva rājya K|kē mālik hō . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sva rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and other master be[pres.sg.23] - x kingdom (K|of) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
772) You are the masters of self-sovereignty.
82इसीलिए बापदादा फलक से कहते हैं कि मेरा एक एक बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . isīliē bāpdādā phalak sē kahtē haĩ ki mērā ēk ēk bachchā rājā bachchā hai . isīliē bāpdādā phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x BapDada sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] one one child king child be[pres.sg.23] .
78This is why BapDada says with intoxication that each of His children are king-children (raja bachcha).
83तो राजा बच्चे हो ना ! tō rājā bachchē hō nā ! tō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then king child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
79So, you are the king-children, are you not?
84प्रजा तो नहीं ? prajā tō nahī̃ ? prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? x then not ?
80You are not subjects, are you?
85राजयोगी हो कि प्रजायोगी हो ? rājyōgī hō ki prajāyōgī hō ? rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] prajā-yōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? Raja Yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that praja-yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
81Are you Raja Yogis or praja (subject) yogis?
86राजयोगी हो ना ! rājyōgī hō nā ! rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! Raja Yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
82You are Raja Yogis, are you not?
87तो स्वराज्य के मालिक हो . tō svarājya K|kē mālik hō . tō svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then own kingdom (K|of) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
83So, you are the masters of self-sovereignty.
88लेकिन बापदादा ने दादी के साथ रिजल्ट देखा - तो जितना बालकपन का नशा रहता है , उतना मालिकपन का कम रहता है . lēkin bāpdādā nē dādī kē sāth result dēkhā - tō jitnā bālakpan kā naśhā rahtā hai , utnā mālikpan kā cum|kam rahtā hai . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] result dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bālakpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but BapDada ∅ Dadi with result see[past-part.m.sg.d.] - then the more x of intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] , x being a master of (x|less) remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
84However, along with Dadi, BapDada saw the result: The extent of the intoxication of being a master is less than the intoxication of being a child.
89क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
85Why?
90अगर स्वराज्य के मालिकपन का नशा सदा रहता तो यह जो बीच-बीच में समस्यायें वा विघ्न आते हैं वह आ नहीं सकते . agar svarājya K|kē mālikpan kā naśhā sadā rahtā tō yah jō bīch-bīch mē̃ samasyāyē̃ vā vighna ātē haĩ vah ā nahī̃ saktē . agar svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] samasyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vā vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . if own kingdom (K|of) being a master of intoxication constantly remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then this that x problem or obstacle come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that come[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
86If you always have the intoxication of the authority of being a master, then the problems and obstacles that you have now and again would not be able to come.
91वैसे देखा जाता है तो समस्या वा विघ्न आने का आधार विशेष मन है . vaisē dēkhā jātā hai tō samasyā vā vighna ānē kā ādhār viśhēṣh man hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] tō samasyā[n.f.;sg.] vā vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) then problem or obstacle (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of basis special mind be[pres.sg.23] .
87It has been seen that the particular cause of problems and obstacles is the mind.
92मन ही हलचल में आता है . man hī halchal mē̃ ātā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . mind only upheaval in come[pres.sg.m.23] . 93इसीलिए बापदादा का महामन्त्र भी है मनमनाभव . isīliē bāpdādā kā mahāmantra bhī hai manmanābhav . isīliē bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahāmantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] manmanābhav . x BapDada of x too be[pres.sg.23] Manmanabhav .
88It is the mind that comes into upheaval, and this is why the great mantra from BapDada is 'Manmanabhav' (to focus on Baba with your mind).
94तनमनाभव , धनमनाभव नहीं है , मनमनाभव है . tanamanābhav , dhanamanābhav nahī̃ hai , manmanābhav hai . x , x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , manmanābhav hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , x not be[pres.sg.23] , Manmanabhav be[pres.sg.23] .
89It is not 'tanmanabhav' (focusing with the body) or 'dhanmanabhav' (focusing with your wealth); it is 'Manmanabhav'.
95तो अगर स्वराज्य का मालिक है तो मन मालिक नहीं है . tō agar svarājya kā mālik hai tō man mālik nahī̃ hai . tō agar svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then if own kingdom of master be[pres.sg.23] then mind master not be[pres.sg.23] . 96मन आपका कर्मचारी है , राजा नहीं है . man āpkā karmchārī hai , rājā nahī̃ hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] karmchārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mind you[.kā] worker be[pres.sg.23] , king not be[pres.sg.23] .
90If you have the authority of self-sovereignty, then the mind is not the master; the mind is your servant, not the king.
97राजा अर्थात् अधिकारी . rājā arthāt adhikārī . rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . king that is (one) who has a right .
91A king means one who has the authority.
98अधीन वाले को राजा नहीं कहा जाता है . adhīn vālē kō rājā nahī̃ kahā jātā hai . adhīn[adj.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . dependent those who to king not (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
92Those who are dependent are not said to be kings.
99तो रिजल्ट में क्या देखा ? tō result mē̃ kyā dēkhā ? tō result mē̃[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then result in what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
93So what result did Baba see?
100कि मन का मालिक मैं राज्य अधिकारी मालिक हूँ . ki man kā mālik maĩ rājya adhikārī mālik hū̃ . ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] rājya adhikārī[x] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . that mind of master I master master be[pres.sg.1] .
94That I, the master, the one who has a right to the kingdom, am the master of the mind.
101यह स्मृति , यह आत्म स्थिति की सदा स्थिति कम रहती है . yah smr̥iti , yah ātma sthiti key|kī sadā sthiti cum|kam rahtī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sadā sthiti[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this awareness , this soul stage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) constantly stage (x|less) remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
95Having this awareness and this constant stage of soul consciousness is lacking.
102है पहला पाठ , आप सबने पहला पाठ क्या किया था ? hai pahlā pāṭh , āp sabnē pahlā pāṭh kyā kiyā thā ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āp[pn.pl.] sabnē pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] x lesson , you x x lesson what do[past-perf.m.sg.] ?
96It is the first lesson. 97What was the first lesson that all of you had?
103मैं आत्मा हूँ , परमात्मा का पाठ दूसरा नम्बर है . maĩ ātmā hū̃ , paramātmā kā pāṭh dūsrā number hai . maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā number[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . I am a soul , Supreme Soul of lesson x be[pres.sg.23] .
98I am a soul. 99The lesson of God is the second lesson.
104लेकिन पहला पाठ मैं मालिक राजा इन कर्मेन्द्रियों का अधिकारी आत्मा हूँ . lēkin pahlā pāṭh maĩ mālik rājā in karmēndriyō̃ kā adhikārī ātmā hū̃ . lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . but x lesson I master king (in|this) physical organ of (one) who has a right soul be[pres.sg.1] .
100However, the first lesson is I, the master, the king, am a soul who has authority over these physical organs.
105शक्तिशाली आत्मा हूँ . śhaktiśhālī ātmā hū̃ . śhaktiśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . powerful soul be[pres.sg.1] .
101I am a powerful soul.
106सर्वशक्तियां आत्मा के निजीगुण हैं . sarvśhaktiyā̃ ātmā K|kē nijīguṇ haĩ . sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all the powers soul (K|of) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
102All the powers are the original qualities of the soul.
107तो बापदादा ने देखा कि जो मैं हूँ , जैसा हूँ , उसको नेचरल स्वरूप स्मृति में चलना , रहना , चेहरे से अनुभव होना , समस्या से किनारा होना , इसमें अभी और अटेन्शन चाहिए . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jō maĩ hū̃ , jaisā hū̃ , uskō natural svarūp smr̥iti mē̃ chalnā , rahnā , chēhrē sē anubhav hōnā , samasyā sē kinārā hōnā , ismē̃ abhī aur attention chāhiē . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , vah[pn.sg.kō] natural svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , samasyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] aur attention chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that I be[pres.sg.1] , like be[pres.sg.1] , that[.kō] natural form awareness in continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , face from experience be[inf.m.sg.d.] , problem from x be[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] now and attention (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
103To maintain the awareness in a natural way of whatever I am and however I am in my way of walking, moving and to experience that through the face, to step away from problems - BapDada saw that more attention needs to be paid to all of this.
108सिर्फ मैं आत्मा नहीं , लेकिन कौन सी आत्मा हूँ , अगर यह स्मृति में रखो तो मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान आत्मा के आगे समस्या वा विघ्न की कोई शक्ति नहीं जो आ सके . sirph maĩ ātmā nahī̃ , lēkin kaun C|see|sī ātmā hū̃ , agar yah smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō tō master sarvśhaktivān ātmā kē āgē samasyā vā vighna key|kī kōī śhakti nahī̃ jō ā sakē . sirph[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , agar yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē āgē[x] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] vā vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . only I soul not , but who (x|see) soul be[pres.sg.1] , if this awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then master Almighty Authority soul in front of problem or obstacle (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) some Shakti not that come[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] .
104I am not just a soul, but what type of soul am I? 105If you keep this in your awareness, then in front of a soul who is a master almighty authority, no problem or obstacle has any power to come in front of such a soul.
109अभी भी रिजल्ट में कोई न कोई समस्या वा विघ्न दिखाई देता है . abhī bhī result mē̃ kōī na kōī samasyā vā vighna dikhāī dētā hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] result mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] vā vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now too result in one .. or another problem or obstacle be visible .
106Even now, in the result, Baba saw that one or another problem or obstacle is visible.
110जानते हैं लेकिन चलन और चेहरे में निश्चय का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप रूहानी नशा वह और ही प्रत्यक्ष होना है . jāntē haĩ lēkin chalan aur chēhrē mē̃ niśhchay kā pratyakṣha svarūp rūhānī naśhā vah aur hī pratyakṣha hōnā hai . jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur hī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but behaviour and face in faith of x spiritual intoxication that and only visible be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
107You know it, but the practical form of faith in the form of spiritual intoxication in your behaviour and on your face has to be revealed even more.
111इसके लिए यह मालिकपन का नशा इसको बार-बार चेक करो . iskē liē yah mālikpan kā naśhā iskō bār-bār check karō . yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] bār[n.f.;sg.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) this being a master of intoxication this[.kō] time check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
108For this, repeatedly check the intoxication of being a master.
112सेकण्ड की बात है चेक करना . second key|kī bāt hai check karnā . second key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . second (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
109To check is a matter of a second.
113कर्म करते , कोई भी कर्म आरम्भ करते हो , आरम्भ करने टाइम चेक करो - मालिकपन की अथॉरिटी से कर्मेन्द्रियों द्वारा कर्म कराने वाला कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर , रूलिंग पावर वाली आत्मा हूँ ? karma kartē , kōī bhī karma ārambh kartē hō , ārambh karnē time check karō - mālikpan key|kī authority sē karmēndriyō̃ dvārā karma karānē vālā controlling power , ruling power vālī ātmā hū̃ ? karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] time check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority sē[postp.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] controlling power[x] , ruling power[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , anyone deed x do[pres.pl.m.2] , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] time check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - being a master (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority from physical organ through deed make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who controlling power , ruling power those who soul be[pres.sg.1] ?
110When performing actions, before you begin to perform any action, check: Am I a soul who has the authority of being a master, who makes the physical organs perform actions with controlling power and ruling power?
114कि साधारण कर्म शुरू हुआ ? ki sādhāraṇ karma śhurū huā ? ki[conj.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? that ordinary deed x ?
111Or, did I just begin to perform ordinary actions?
115स्मृति स्वरूप से कर्म आरम्भ करना और साधारण स्थिति से कर्म आरम्भ करना उसमें बहुत फर्क है . smr̥iti svarūp sē karma ārambh karnā aur sādhāraṇ sthiti sē karma ārambh karnā usmē̃ bahut phark hai . smr̥iti svarūp[x] sē[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sādhāraṇ[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bahut fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x from deed x do[inf.m.sg.d.] and ordinary stage from deed x do[inf.m.sg.d.] that[.mē̃] very difference be[pres.sg.23] .
112There is a lot of difference between beginning to perform any action while being an embodiment of remembrance and beginning to perform any action while having an ordinary stage.
116जैसे हद के मर्तबे वाले अपना कार्य करते हैं तो कार्य की सीट पर सेट होके फिर कार्य आरम्भ करते हैं ऐसे अपने मालिकपन के स्वराज्य अधिकारी की सीट पर सेट होके फिर हर कार्य करो . jaisē had K|kē martabē vālē apnā kārya kartē haĩ tō kārya key|kī seat par set hōkē phir kārya ārambh kartē haĩ aisē apnē mālikpan K|kē svarājya adhikārī key|kī seat par set hōkē phir har|her kārya karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] had[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarājya adhikārī[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like x (K|of) status those who (one’s own|adopt[root]) task do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then task (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat (at|other) set be[abs.] (then|turn[root]) task x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such one’s own being a master (K|of) self-sovereign (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat (at|other) set be[abs.] (then|turn[root]) (x[root]|x) task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
113When those with a limited position carry out their tasks, they begin those tasks after sitting down on their seat for carrying out that task. 114In the same way, remain seated on your seat of having the authority of being a master and then perform every action.
117इस मालिकपन के अथॉरिटी की चेकिंग को और बढ़ाना है . is mālikpan K|kē authority key|kī checking kō aur baṛhānā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] checking kō[postp.] aur baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this being a master (K|of) authority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x to and increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
115Increase the checking of the authority of being a master.
118और इसकी निशानी है , मालिकपन के अथॉरिटी की निशानी है सदा हर कार्य में डबल लाइट और खुशी की अनुभूति होगी और रिजल्ट सफलता सहज अनुभव होगी . aur iskī niśhānī hai , mālikpan K|kē authority key|kī niśhānī hai sadā har|her kārya mē̃ double light aur khuśhī key|kī anubhūti hōgī aur result saphaltā sahaj anubhav hōgī . aur yah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double light[x] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur result saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . and this[.kī] sign be[pres.sg.23] , being a master (K|of) authority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign be[pres.sg.23] constantly (x[root]|x) task in double-light and happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) experience be[fut.f.sg.23] and result success easy experience be[fut.f.sg.23] .
116The sign of that - the sign of having the authority of being a master - is that you will be double-light and experience happiness in every task, and you will experience success easily as a result.
119अभी कहाँ-कहाँ , अभी तक भी अधिकारी के बजाए अधीन बन जाते हो . abhī kahā̃-kahā̃ , abhī tak bhī adhikārī kē bajāē adhīn ban jātē hō . ab[adv.hī] kahā̃ , ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bajāē[x] adhīn[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . now where , now until too (one) who has a right instead of dependent become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
117In some cases, even now, instead of being an authority, you become dependent.
120अधीनता की निशानी क्या दिखाई देती ? adhīnatā key|kī niśhānī kyā dikhāī dētī ? adhīntā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.f.] ? x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign what (x[past-part.f.]|x) give[pres-part.f.] ?
118What is the sign of dependence that is visible?
121जो बार-बार कहते हैं मेरे संस्कार हैं , चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन मेरे संस्कार हैं , मेरी नेचर है . jō bār-bār kahtē haĩ mērē saṅskār haĩ , chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin mērē saṅskār haĩ , mērī nature hai . jō[pn.;d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nature hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that time say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but I[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , I[.kī] nature be[pres.sg.23] .
119Again and again you say, "My sanskars". 120"I don't want it to happen, but these are my sanskars; this is my nature."
122बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया कि जिस समय यह कहते हैं कि मेरे संस्कार हैं , मेरी नेचर है , क्या यह कमज़ोरी के संस्कार आपके संस्कार हैं ? bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā ki jis samay yah kahtē haĩ ki mērē saṅskār haĩ , mērī nature hai , kyā yah kamzōrī K|kē saṅskār āpkē saṅskār haĩ ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jis samay[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nature hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , I[.kī] nature be[pres.sg.23] , what this weakness (K|of) sanskar you[.kē] sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
121BapDada asked you earlier, too, whether when you say, "My sanskars, my nature", whether those sanskars of weakness are your sanskars.
123मेरे हैं ? mērē haĩ ? maĩ[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? I[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
122Are they yours?
124यह तो रावण के मध्य के संस्कार हैं , रावण की देन है . yah tō rāvaṇ K|kē madhya K|kē saṅskār haĩ , rāvaṇ key|kī dēn hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then Ravan (K|of) middle (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Ravan (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift be[pres.sg.23] .
123They are the sanskars of Ravan of the middle period. 124They are Ravan's gift.
125उसको मेरा कहना ही रांग है . uskō mērā kahnā hī wrong hai . vah[pn.sg.kō] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kō] I[.kā] say[inf.m.sg.d.] only x be[pres.sg.23] .
125To say "It is mine" for that is wrong.
126आपके संस्कार तो जो बाप के संस्कार हैं वही संस्कार हैं . āpkē saṅskār tō jō bāp K|kē saṅskār haĩ vahī saṅskār haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] saṅskār[x] tō jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahī saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you[.kē] sanskar then that father (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] this sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
126Whatever are the Father's sanskars are your sanskars.
127उस समय सोचो कि मेरा-मेरा कहके मेरे हैं , तो वह अधिकारी बन गये हैं और आप अधीन बन जाते हैं . us samay sōchō ki mērā-mērā kahkē mērē haĩ , tō vah adhikārī ban gayē haĩ aur āp adhīn ban jātē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] aur āp[pn.pl.] adhīn[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . that time think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kā] say[conj.] I[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then that (one) who has a right become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] and you dependent become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
127Think: At that time when you say, "Mine, mine", they become an authority and you become dependent.
128समान बाप जैसे बनना है तो मेरे संस्कार नहीं , जो बाप के संस्कार वह मेरे संस्कार . samān bāp jaisē bannā hai tō mērē saṅskār nahī̃ , jō bāp K|kē saṅskār vah mērē saṅskār . samān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] . equal father like become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then I[.kē] sanskar not , that father (K|of) sanskar that I[.kē] sanskar .
128If you want to become equal to the Father, then you can't say, "My sanskars". 129"Whatever are the Father's sanskars are my sanskars".
129बाप के संस्कार क्या हैं ? bāp K|kē saṅskār kyā haĩ ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? father (K|of) sanskar what be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
130What are the Father's sanskars?
130विश्व कल्याणकारी , शुभ भावना , शुभ कामनाधारी . viśhva kalyāṇkārī , śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnādhārī . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh[adj.] kāmnādhārī[adj.] . world beneficial , pure feeling , pure and positive the One who has wishes .
131A world benefactor, One who has good wishes and pure feelings.
131तो उस समय बाप के संस्कार सामने लाओ , लक्ष्य है बाप समान बनने का और लक्षण रहे हुए हैं रावण के . tō us samay bāp K|kē saṅskār sāmnē lāō , lakṣhya hai bāp samān bannē kā aur lakṣhaṇ rahē huē haĩ rāvaṇ K|kē . tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then that time father (K|of) sanskar x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aim be[pres.sg.23] equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and qualification (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] Ravan (K|of) .
132So, at that time, bring the Father's sanskars in front of you. 133Your aim is to become equal to the Father and the qualifications that remain are Ravan's.
132तो मिक्स हो जाते हैं , कुछ अच्छे बाप के , कुछ वह मेरे पास्ट के संस्कार . tō mix hō jātē haĩ , kuchh achchhē bāp K|kē , kuchh vah mērē past K|kē saṅskār . tō mix hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , kuchh achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kuchh vah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] past K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] . then x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , anything achcha father (K|of) , anything that I[.kē] past (K|of) sanskar .
134So, it becomes mixed - some good sanskars of the Father and some of your sanskars of the past.
133इसीलिए दोनों मिक्स रहते हैं ना तो खिटखिट होती रहती है . isīliē dōnō̃ mix rahtē haĩ nā tō khiṭkhiṭ hōtī rahtī hai . isīliē dōnō̃ mix rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō khiṭ-khiṭ hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x x x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then complication be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
135Therefore, when both remain mixed, there continues to be conflict.
134और संस्कार बनते कैसे हैं ? aur saṅskār bantē kaisē haĩ ? aur saṅskār[x] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? and sanskar become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] how be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
136How are sanskars created?
135वह तो सभी जानते हैं ना ! vah tō sabhī jāntē haĩ nā ! vah[pn.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! that then all know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
137All of you know that, do you not?
136संस्कार मन और बुद्धि के संकल्प और कार्य से संस्कार बनते हैं . saṅskār man aur buddhi K|kē saṅkalp aur kārya sē saṅskār bantē haĩ . saṅskār[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saṅskār[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . sanskar mind and intellect (K|of) thought and task from sanskar become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
138Sanskars are created with the thoughts and activity of the mind and the intellect.
137पहले मन संकल्प करता , बुद्धि सहयोग देती और अच्छे या बुरे संस्कार बन जाते . pahlē man saṅkalp kartā , buddhi sahyōg dētī aur achchhē yā burē saṅskār ban jātē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.f.] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yā burā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x|firstly) mind thought do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , intellect cooperation give[pres-part.f.] and achcha or bad sanskar (become[root]|x) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
139First the mind creates the thoughts and then the intellect co-operates and then good or bad sanskars are created.
138तो बापदादा ने दादी के साथ-साथ रिजल्ट में देखा कि मालिकपन का नेचुरल और नचर का नशा रहे वह बालकपन की भेंट में अभी भी कम है . tō bāpdādā nē dādī K|kē sāth-sāth result mē̃ dēkhā ki mālikpan kā natural aur nature kā naśhā rahē vah bālakpan key|kī bhēṇṭ mē̃ abhī bhī cum|kam hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] natural aur nature kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bālakpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhēṇṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada ∅ Dadi (K|of) x result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that being a master of natural and nature of intoxication (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) that x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x in now too (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
140So, along with Dadiji, BapDada saw the result of how in comparison with being a child, the intoxication of having that nature and naturally being a master is lacking.
139इसीलिए बापदादा देखते हैं कि समाधान करने के लिए फिर युद्ध करने लग पड़ते हैं . isīliē bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki samādhān karnē kē liē phir yuddha karnē lag paṛtē haĩ . isīliē bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root.inf+lagnā] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that solution do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (then|turn[root]) battle do[root.inf+lagnā] fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
141BapDada sees that that is why you begin to battle in order to find a solution.
140हैं ब्राह्मण लेकिन बीच-बीच में क्षत्रिय बन जाते हैं . haĩ brāhmaṇ lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃ kṣhatriya ban jātē haĩ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃[x] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] Brahmin but x x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
142You are Brahmins but every now and then you become warriors.
141तो क्षत्रिय नहीं बनना है . tō kṣhatriya nahī̃ bannā hai . tō kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x not become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
143So, do not become warriors.
142ब्राह्मण सो देवता बनना है . brāhmaṇ sō dēvtā bannā hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Brahmin (x|sleep[root]) become deity .
144You have to become Brahmins who are to become deities.
143क्षत्रिय बनने वाले तो बहुत आने वाले हैं , वह पीछे आने वाले हैं आप तो अधिकारी आत्मायें हैं . kṣhatriya bannē vālē tō bahut ānē vālē haĩ , vah pīchhē ānē vālē haĩ āp tō adhikārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahut ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] pīchhē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.] tō adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then very (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] you then (one) who has a right soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
145There are many who are to come who will become warriors; they will come later, but you are souls who have authority.
144तो सुना रिजल्ट . tō sunā result . tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] result . then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) result .
146So, did you hear the result?
145इसलिए बारबार मैं कौन , यह स्मृति में लाओ . isliē bārabār maĩ kaun , yah smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . isliē x maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore x I who , this awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
147This is why you repeatedly have to bring into your awareness, "Who am I?"
146है ही , नहीं लेकिन स्मृति स्वरूप में लाओ . hai hī , nahī̃ lēkin smr̥iti svarūp mē̃ lāō . hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , nahī̃[neg] lēkin smr̥iti svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.sg.23] only , not but x in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
148Do not think, "I am that anyway", but become an embodiment of that awareness.
147ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
149Is that all right?
148अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
150Achcha.
149रिजल्ट भी सुनाई . result bhī sunāī . result bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.f.] . result too speak[past-part.f.] .
151You have been told the result.
150अभी समस्या का नाम , विघ्न का नाम , हलचल का नाम , व्यर्थ संकल्प का नाम , व्यर्थ कर्म का नाम , व्यर्थ सम्बन्ध का नाम , व्यर्थ स्मृति का नाम समाप्त करो और कराओ . abhī samasyā kā nām , vighna kā nām , halchal kā nām , vyarth saṅkalp kā nām , vyarth karma kā nām , vyarth sambandh kā nām , vyarth smr̥iti kā nām samāpt karō aur karāō . ab[adv.hī] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , halchal[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now problem of name , obstacle of name , upheaval of name , wasteful thought of name , wasteful deed of name , wasteful relationship of name , wasteful awareness of name x and make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
152Now finish and make others finish even mentioning problems, obstacles, upheavals, wasteful thoughts, wasteful actions, wasteful relationships and wasteful awareness.
151ठीक है ना , करेंगे ? ṭhīk hai nā , karē̃gē ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
153Is that all right? 154Will you do this?
152करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
155Will you?
153जो दृढ़ संकल्प का हाथ उठायें , यह हाथ उठाना तो कामन हो गया है इसलिए हाथ नहीं उठवाते हैं , मन में दृढ़ संकल्प का हाथ उठाओ . jō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā hāth uṭhāyē̃ , yah hāth uṭhānā tō common hō gayā hai isliē hāth nahī̃ uṭhvātē haĩ , man mē̃ dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] tō common hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] isliē hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that determined thought of raise your hands , this raise your hands then x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] therefore hand not make raise[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mind in determined thought of raise your hands .
156Those of you who raise your hands do so with determination: this raising of hands has also become common, therefore, Baba is not asking you to raise your hands. 157Raise the hand of determinated thoughts in your mind.
154मन में , शरीर का हाथ नहीं , वह बहुत देख लिया है . man mē̃ , śharīr kā hāth nahī̃ , vah bahut dēkh liyā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . mind in , body of hand not , that very see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .
158Raise it in your mind, not the physical hand. 159Baba has seen a lot of that.
155जब सभी का मिलकर मन से दृढ़ संकल्प का हाथ उठेगा तब ही विश्व के कोने-कोने में सभी का खुशी से हाथ उठेगा - हमारा सुखदाता , शान्तिदाता बाप आ गया . jab sabhī kā milkar man sē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā hāth uṭhēgā tab hī viśhva K|kē kōnē-kōnē mē̃ sabhī kā khuśhī sē hāth uṭhēgā - hamārā sukhdātā , śhāntidātā bāp ā gayā . jab sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[abs.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23] tab hī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23] - ham[pn.pl.kā] sukhdātā[adj.] , śhāntidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . when all of receive[abs.] mind from determined thought of hand wake up[fut.m.sg.23] for only then only world (K|of) corner in all of happiness from hand wake up[fut.m.sg.23] - we[.kā] Bestower of Happiness , Bestower of Peace father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
160Only when everyone's hand of the mind is raised with the determined thought, will everyone's hand of happiness be raised in every corner of the world and they will say, "Our Father, the Bestower of Happiness, the Bestower of Peace, has come!"
156बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने का बीड़ा उठाया है ना ! bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē kā bīṛā uṭhāyā hai nā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of responsibility uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
161You have taken the responsibility of revealing the Father, have you not?
157उठाया है ? uṭhāyā hai ? uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
162Have you taken this responsibility?
158पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
163Firmly?
159टीचर्स ने उठाया है ? teachers nē uṭhāyā hai ? teacher nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? teacher ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
164Have you teachers taken this responsibility?
160अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
165Achcha.
161पाण्डवों ने उठाया है , पक्का . pāṇḍavō̃ nē uṭhāyā hai , pakkā . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . Pandava ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , firm .
166Have the Pandavas taken this responsibility? 167Firmly?
162अच्छा डेट फिक्स की है . achchhā date fix kī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] date fix[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha fix a date do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
168Achcha, have you fixed a date?
163डेट नहीं फिक्स है ? date nahī̃ fix hai ? date nahī̃[neg] fix hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? date not fix be[pres.sg.23] ?
169Have you not fixed your date?
164कितना टाइम चाहिए ? kitnā time chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
170How much time do you need?
165एक वर्ष चाहिए , दो वर्ष चाहिए ? ēk varṣh chāhiē , dō varṣh chāhiē ? ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? one year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
171One year? 172Two years?
166कितना वर्ष चाहिए ? kitnā varṣh chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
173How many years do you need?
167बापदादा ने कहा था हर एक अपने पुरूषार्थ की यथा शक्ति प्रमाण अपनी नेचुरल चलने की या उड़ने की विधि समान अपनी डेट सम्पन्न बनने की खुद ही फिक्स करो . bāpdādā nē kahā thā har ēk apnē purūṣhārth key|kī yathā śhakti pramāṇ apnī natural chalnē key|kī yā uṛnē key|kī vidhi samān apnī date sampann bannē key|kī khud hī fix karō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yathā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] natural chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yā uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] date sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khud hī[p.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] each one one’s own effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) according to Shakti (under) one’s own natural continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) or fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method equal one’s own date full become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) oneself only fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174BapDada told you earlier that each one of you, with your own effort and according to your capacity, according to your natural method of walking or flying, should fix a date yourself for becoming complete.
168बापदादा तो कहेगा अब करो , लेकिन यथाशक्ति अपने पुरूषार्थ अनुसार अपनी डेट फिक्स करो और समय प्रति समय उसको चेक करो कि समय प्रमाण मन्सा की स्टेज , वाचा की स्टेज , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क की स्टेज में प्रोग्रेस हो रहा है ? bāpdādā tō kahēgā ab karō , lēkin yathāśhakti apnē purūṣhārth anusār apnī date fix karō aur samay prati samay uskō check karō ki samay pramāṇ mansā key|kī stage , vāchā key|kī stage , sambandh-sampark key|kī stage mē̃ progress hō rahā hai ? bāpdādā tō kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ab[adv.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin yathāśhakti apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth anusār apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] date fix[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ mansā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage , vāchā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage mē̃[postp.] progress hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? BapDada then say[fut.m.sg.23] now do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but according to their capacity one’s own effort according to one’s own fix a date do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and time for time that[.kō] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that time (under) through the mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage , x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage , x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage in progress be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? 169क्योंकि डेट फिक्स करने से स्वतः ही अटेन्शन जाता है . kyōṅki date fix karnē sē svataḥ hī attention jātā hai . kyōṅki date fix[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] attention jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . because fix a date do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from automatically only attention go[pres.sg.m.23] .
175BapDada would only say: You must do it now, but fix your date for becoming complete according to your capacity and according to your effort. 176And, from time to time, check whether progress is taking place in the stage of your mind, in your stage of speaking and in the stage of your relationships and connections because when you fix a date, your attention is automatically drawn to that.
170बाकी सभी की तरफ से , चारों ओर की तरफ से सन्देश भी आये हैं . bākī sabhī key|kī taraph sē , chārō̃ ōr key|kī taraph sē sandēśh bhī āyē haĩ . bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sandēśh[x] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (others|but) all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from , everywhere (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from message too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
177Baba has received messages from everywhere and from everyone.
171ईमेल भी आये हैं . email bhī āyē haĩ . email bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . e-mail too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
178Baba has also received e-mails.
172तो बापदादा के पास तो ईमेल जब तक पहुंचे उसके पहले ही पहुंच जाता है , दिल के संकल्प का ईमेल बहुत रफ्तार का होता है . tō bāpdādā kē pās tō email jab tak pahuñchē uskē pahlē hī pahuñch jātā hai , dil K|kē saṅkalp kā email bahut raphtār kā hōtā hai . tō bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō email jab tak[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] email bahut raphtār[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then BapDada to then e-mail as long as (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) of that[.kē] (x|firstly) only reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , heart (K|of) thought of e-mail very speed of be[pres.sg.m.23] . 173वह पहले पहुंच जाता है . vah pahlē pahuñch jātā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . that (x|firstly) reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
179BapDada receives your e-mail even before the physical e-mail reaches Him. 180The e-mail of the thoughts in the heart is very fast; that reaches here first.
174तो जिन्होंने भी यादप्यार , समाचार अपने स्थिति का , अपनी सेवा का भेजा है , उन सबको बापदादा ने स्वीकार किया , यादप्यार सभी ने बहुत अच्छे उमंग-उत्साह से भी भेजी है . tō jinhōnnē bhī yādpyār , samāchār apnē sthiti kā , apnī sēvā kā bhējā hai , un sabkō bāpdādā nē svīkār kiyā , yādpyār sabhī nē bahut achchhē umaṅg-utsāh sē bhī bhējī hai . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bāpdādā nē[postp.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then that[.nē] too love, remembrance , news one’s own stage of , one’s own service of x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that everything BapDada ∅ acceptance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , love, remembrance all ∅ very achcha zeal and enthusiasm from too x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
181Those who have sent their love and remembrance and news of their stage and their service, BapDada has accepted all of that. 182All of you have sent love and remembrance with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
175तो बापदादा उन सभी को चाहे विदेश चाहे देश सभी को रिटर्न में यादप्यार और दिल की दुआओं सहित प्यार और शक्ति की सकाश भी दे रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā un sabhī kō chāhē vidēśh chāhē dēśh sabhī kō return mē̃ yādpyār aur dil key|kī duāō̃ sahit pyār aur śhakti key|kī sakāśh bhī dē rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] return mē̃[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sahit pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada that all to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land all to return in love, remembrance and heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing including love and Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sakaash too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
183So, whether from abroad or from this land, BapDada is giving all of you in return love and remembrance and also giving the sakaash of love and power together with blessings from the heart.
176अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
184Achcha.
177सेवा का टर्न राजस्थान और इन्दौर का है : अच्छा है , दोनों ने यज्ञ सेवा की सेवा का चांस लिया है , यह भी गोल्डन चांस लेने वाले गोल्डन चांसलर हैं . sēvā kā turn rājasthān aur Indore kā hai : achchhā hai , dōnō̃ nē yagya sēvā key|kī sēvā kā chance liyā hai , yah bhī golden chance lēnē vālē golden chancellor haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum rājasthān aur Indore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dōnō̃ nē[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] golden chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] golden chancellor hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service of you x and Indore of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x ∅ sacrificial fire service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service of chance take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this too golden chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who golden chancellor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
185The Rajasthan and Indore Zone were in charge of service: It is good. 186Both zones have taken the chance of serving the yagya. 187This is also being a golden chancellor for taking a golden chance.
178बापदादा ने देखा है कि सभी को इन्तजार रहता है कि कब हमारा टर्न सेवा का बल और सेवा का फल मिलने का आयेगा . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki sabhī kō intjār rahtā hai ki kab hamārā turn sēvā kā bal aur sēvā kā phal milnē kā āyēgā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kab ham[pn.pl.kā] tum sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all to wait remain[pres.sg.m.23] that when we[.kā] you service of strength and service of fruit receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of come[fut.m.sg.23] .
188BapDada has seen that everyone waits in anticipation for their turn to come to receive the power of service and the fruit of service.
179तो आप दोनों का तो प्रत्यक्ष फल पाने का चांस आ गया . tō āp dōnō̃ kā tō pratyakṣha phal pānē kā chance ā gayā . tō āp[pn.pl.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then you x of then visible fruit x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
189The chance for both these zones to reap the practical fruit has come.
180और बापदादा ने देखा है कि हर जोन जो भी निमित्त बनते हैं वह रूचि से सेवा करते हैं क्योंकि संगमयुग में सेवा का वा हर कर्म का प्रत्यक्षफल मिलता है . aur bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki har|her zone jō bhī nimitt bantē haĩ vah rūchi sē sēvā kartē haĩ kyōṅki saṅgamyug mē̃ sēvā kā vā har|her karma kā pratyakṣhaphal miltā hai . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her zone jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vā harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x[root]|x) zone that too instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that interest from service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because confluence age in service of or (x[root]|x) deed of x receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
190BapDada has seen that every zone that becomes an instrument serves with great interest because at the confluence age, you receive the immediate fruit of service and of every action.
181अभी अभी दिल से सेवा की और अभी अभी ही दिल की खुशी में नाचते रहते हैं . abhī abhī dil sē sēvā key|kī aur abhī abhī hī dil key|kī khuśhī mē̃ nāchtē rahtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] hī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . now now heart from service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and now now only heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) happiness in dance[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
191You do service from your heart one moment and you instantly dance with happiness in your heart the next moment.
182तो जब भी जितने दिन भी मधुबन में चांस मिला है तो सभी ने हर समय मन की खुशी का डांस का अनुभव किया ? tō jab bhī jitnē din bhī madhuban mē̃ chance milā hai tō sabhī nē har|her samay man key|kī khuśhī kā dance kā anubhav kiyā ? tō jab bhī[p.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then when too the more day too Madhuban in chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then all ∅ (x[root]|x) time mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) happiness of dance of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
192So, for however many days you had a chance to be in Madhuban, all of that time, did all of you experience dancing with happiness in your mind?
183और डांस तो कामन है , लेकिन आपके मन की डांस , माइंड डांस , पांव की डांस नहीं , अनुभव किया है ना ! aur dance tō common hai , lēkin āpkē man key|kī dance , mind dance , pāṅw key|kī dance nahī̃ , anubhav kiyā hai nā ! aur dance tō common hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dance , mind dance , pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dance nahī̃[neg] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! and dance then x be[pres.sg.23] , but you[.kē] mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dance , x dance , foot (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dance not , experience do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
193The other dance (physical dancing) is common. 194But you experienced this dance of the mind, the mind dance, not the foot dance, did you not?
184मन की खुशी की डांस का अनुभव किया ? man key|kī khuśhī key|kī dance kā anubhav kiyā ? man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dance of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
195Did you experience the dance of happiness of the mind?
185हाथ उठाओ जिन्होंने किया , थकावट तो नहीं हुई ना . hāth uṭhāō jinhōnnē kiyā , thakāvaṭ tō nahī̃ huī nā . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.pl.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . raise your hands that[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tiredness then not be[past-part.f.] ∅ .
196Those of you who experienced this, raise your hands! 197You were not tired, were you?
186अथकपन का अनुभव किया ना . athakapan kā anubhav kiyā nā . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . x of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
198You experienced tirelessness, did you not?
187और पुण्य कितना जमा किया ? aur puṇya kitnā jamā kiyā ? aur puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? and charity so accumulate ?
199And how much charity did you accumulate?
188लोग तो एक ब्राह्मण को खिलाते हैं , सेवा करते हैं तो समझते हैं बड़ा पुण्य जमा हो गया . lōg tō ēk brāhmaṇ kō khilātē haĩ , sēvā kartē haĩ tō samajhtē haĩ baṛā puṇya jamā hō gayā . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[x] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . people then one Brahmin to feed[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very charity x[x] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
200When people feed a brahmin priest, when they serve him, they think that they have accumulated a lot of charity.
189और आपने कितने ब्राह्मणों को खिलाया , सम्भाला , क्लास कराया , रिफ्रेश किया , तो आपके पुण्य का खाता कितना जमा हो गया ! aur āpnē kitnē brāhmaṇō̃ kō khilāyā , sambhālā , class karāyā , refresh kiyā , tō āpkē puṇya kā khātā kitnā jamā hō gayā ! aur āp[pn.pl.nē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sambhālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , class karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , refresh karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō āp[pn.pl.kē] puṇya kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamnā[x] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! and you[.nē] so Brahmin to feed[past-part.m.sg.d.] , be careful[past-part.m.sg.d.] , class make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] , refresh do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then you[.kē] accounts of charity so x[x] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
201And how many Brahmins did you feed, look after, conduct classes for and refresh? 202So, how much did you accumulate in your account of charity?
190और सबसे खुशी की बात तो यह है कि अपना ब्राह्मण परिवार एक समय में एक साथ कितने बड़े परिवार को देखा . aur sabsē khuśhī key|kī bāt tō yah hai ki apnā brāhmaṇ parivār ēk samay mē̃ ēk sāth kitnē baṛē parivār kō dēkhā . aur sabsē khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and the most happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter then this be[pres.sg.23] that (one’s own|adopt[root]) Brahmin family one time in one with so very family to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
203It is a matter of great happiness that you saw your Brahmin family at one time, at the same time; you saw such a big family!
191और विश्व के चारों ओर के भाई बहिनें अपना ईश्वरीय परिवार देखने का चांस मधुबन में ही मिलता है . aur viśhva K|kē chārō̃ ōr K|kē bhāī bahinē̃ apnā īśhvarīy parivār dēkhnē kā chance madhuban mē̃ hī miltā hai . aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] īśhvarīy parivār[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and world (K|of) everywhere (K|of) (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x (one’s own|adopt[root]) Godly family see[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance Madhuban in only receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
204It is only in Madhuban that you get a chance to see your brothers and sisters from all over the world, to get a chance to see your divine family.
192विदेश से भी आते , देश से भी आते हैं . vidēśh sē bhī ātē , dēśh sē bhī ātē haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . abroad from too come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , land from too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
205They come from abroad as well as from this land.
193इतना बड़ा परिवार का मिलन यह भी एक विशेष खुशी की बात है . itnā baṛā parivār kā milan yah bhī ēk viśhēṣh khuśhī key|kī bāt hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such very family of meeting this too one special happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] .
206The meeting of such a big family is also a matter of special happiness.
194दिल में उमंग आता है ना वाह बाबा और वाह मेरा ब्राह्मण परिवार ! dil mē̃ umaṅg ātā hai nā vāh bābā aur vāh mērā brāhmaṇ parivār ! dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vāh bābā aur vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! heart in zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ wah! Baba and wah! I[.kā] Brahmin family !
207You have the enthusiasm in your heart, "Wah Baba! wah my Brahmin family!", do you not?
195तो बहुत अच्छा किया , हिम्मत आपकी , मदद मधुबन निवासियों की और बाप की . tō bahut achchhā kiyā , himmat āpkī , madad madhuban nivāsiyō̃ key|kī aur bāp key|kī . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] , madad[n.f.;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . then very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , courage you[.kī] , x Madhuban resident (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
208You did very well. 209When you have courage, you receive help from the Madhuban residents and from the Father.
196क्योंकि मधुबन निवासी भी साथी बनते हैं तब तो कार्य कर सकते हो . kyōṅki madhuban nivāsī bhī sāthī bantē haĩ tab tō kārya kar saktē hō . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tab tō kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . because Madhuban resident too companion become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] for only then then task do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
210It is only because the Madhuban residents also become your companions that you are able to carry out this task.
197तो लाटरी ले ली . tō lottery lē lī . tō lottery lēnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . then lottery take[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
211So, you have claimed a lottery.
198लाटरी की मुबारक हो . lottery key|kī mubārak hō . lottery key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . lottery (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
212Congratulations for the lottery.
199अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
213It is good.
200टीचर्स को भी चांस मिलता , परिवार वालों को भी चांस मिलता , छोटे बड़े साथी टीचर्स को भी चांस मिलता . teachers kō bhī chance miltā , parivār vālō̃ kō bhī chance miltā , chhōṭē baṛē sāthī teachers kō bhī chance miltā . teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . teacher to too chance receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , family those who to too chance receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , small very companion teacher to too chance receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
214The teachers receive a chance and those from families also receive a chance. 215The junior and senior companions, teachers, also get a chance.
201देखो कितनी टीचर्स आई हैं ? dēkhō kitnī teachers āī haĩ ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
216Look how many teachers have come!
202दोनों जोन कीकितनी टीचर्स आई हैं ? dōnō̃ zone kīkitanī teachers āī haĩ ? dōnō̃ zone x teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? x zone x teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
217How many teachers have come from both zones?
203 ( 350 दोनों जोन की टीचर्स आई हैं ) अच्छा है , तो मुबारक तो है ही और आगे भी चांस लेते रहना . ( 350 dōnō̃ zone key|kī teachers āī haĩ ) achchhā hai , tō mubārak tō hai hī aur āgē bhī chance lētē rahnā . ( 350 dōnō̃ zone key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aur āgē bhī[p.] chance lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( 350 x zone (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , then congratulations then be[pres.sg.23] only and previously too chance take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
218(350 teachers have come from both zones.) 219It is good. 220Congratulations, and continue to take this chance in the future too.
204बाकी दोनों में एक साल में हर एक जोन बताये तो वारिस कितने निकाले ? bākī dōnō̃ mē̃ ēk sāl mē̃ har ēk zone batāyē tō vāris kitnē nikālē ? bākī|bākī dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] zone batānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikālnā[opt.sg.23] ? (others|but) x in one year in each one zone tell[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then heir so (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) ?
221One of you from each of the two zones should tell Baba how many heirs you have created in one year.
205जोन हेड कौन है ? zone head kaun hai ? zone head kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? zone head who be[pres.sg.23] ?
222Who are the heads of the zones?
206हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
223Raise your hands.
207तो सारे जोन में कितने वारिस निकले , कितने माइक निकले ? tō sārē zone mē̃ kitnē vāris nikalē , kitnē mike nikalē ? tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then the whole zone in so heir (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , so mike (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
224How many heirs and how many mikes have emerged from the whole zone?
208लिस्ट निकाली है ? list nikālī hai ? list nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? list x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
225Have you made a list?
209चुप हो गये क्यों ? chup hō gayē kyō̃ ? chup[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] kyō̃ ? silence be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] why ?
226You have become quiet. 227Why?
210अभी वारिस क्वालिटी एक साल में तो निकलनी चाहिए ना ! abhī vāris quality ēk sāl mē̃ tō nikalnī chāhiē nā ! ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō nikalnā[.oblig3] nā ! now heir x one year in then be extracted[.oblig3] ∅ !
228There should be heir-quality souls that emerge in one year, should there not?
211क्योंकि हर साल के बाद जोन को चांस मिलता है . kyōṅki har|her sāl kē bād zone kō chance miltā hai . kyōṅki harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] zone kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because (x[root]|x) year after zone to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
229Every zone receives a chance to serve each year.
212ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
230Is that all right?
213एक साल में कुछ तो वारिस या माइक निकलने चाहिए ना ! ēk sāl mē̃ kuchh tō vāris yā mike nikalnē chāhiē nā ! ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā mike nikalnā[.oblig3] nā ! one year in anything then heir or mike be extracted[.oblig3] ∅ !
231In one year, there should be some heirs or mikes that emerge, should there not?
214बोलो ना हाँ जी . bōlō nā hā̃ jī . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā hā̃ jī[x] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ yes .
232Say, "Ha ji".
215ऐसे ही हाँ जी नहीं . aisē hī hā̃ jī nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hā̃ jī[x] nahī̃[neg] . such only yes not .
233Do not say, "Ha ji" just like that.
216लिस्ट चाहिए . list chāhiē . list chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . list (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
234Baba wants a list.
217अच्छा अगले साल निकालकर आना . achchhā aglē sāl nikālkar ānā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . achcha next year x[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
235Achcha, next year, bring it with you.
218अभी तैयार कर रहे होंगे , फिर लिस्ट ले आना . abhī taiyār kar rahē hōṅgē , phir list lē ānā . ab[adv.hī] taiyār[adj.] karnā[root] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] list lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . now x do[root] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) list (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
236You must be preparing it now, then bring that list.
219अभी जिसका भी जोन का टर्न होगा इनएडवांस बापदादा कह रहे हैं कि हर जोन से यह दोनों रिजल्ट लेंगे . abhī jiskā bhī zone kā turn hōgā in advance bāpdādā kah rahē haĩ ki har|her zone sē yah dōnō̃ result lē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] in advance bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her zone sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ result lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now that[.kā] too zone of you be[fut.m.sg.23] in advance BapDada say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that (x[root]|x) zone from this x result take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
237Whichever zone's turn it is, BapDada is telling you in advance that He will see both these results of each zone.
220पहले ही तैयारी करके आना . pahlē hī taiyārī karkē ānā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . (x|firstly) only x do[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
238Make preparations for this before you come.
221कितने माइक निकले और कितने वारिस निकले ? kitnē mike nikalē aur kitnē vāris nikalē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? so mike (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and so heir (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
239How many heirs and how many mikes have emerged.
222पहले वाले हैं वह तो लक्की और लवली हैं , अभी कितने निकले ? pahlē vālē haĩ vah tō lucky aur lovely haĩ , abhī kitnē nikalē ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō lucky aur lovely hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? (x|firstly) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that then lucky and lovely be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now so (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
240Those who came some time ago are lucky and lovely. 241How many have emerged now?
223ठीक है ना ? ṭhīk hai nā ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
242Is that all right?
224रिजल्ट निकलनी चाहिए ना ? result nikalnī chāhiē nā ? result nikalnā[.oblig3] nā ? result be extracted[.oblig3] ∅ ?
243There should be some result, should there not?
225बापदादा ने अभी तक हर विंग द्वारा भी वारिस या माइक की लिस्ट नहीं देखी है . bāpdādā nē abhī tak har|her wing dvārā bhī vāris yā mike key|kī list nahī̃ dēkhī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak harnā[root]|har|her wing dvārā bhī[p.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā mike key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ now until (x[root]|x) wing through too heir or mike (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list not see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
244Until now, BapDada has not yet seen a list of heirs or mikes from each wing.
226हर साल विंग मिलते हैं , बापदादा खुश भी होते हैं लेकिन रिजल्ट अभी तक नहीं आई है . har|her sāl wing miltē haĩ , bāpdādā khuśh bhī hōtē haĩ lēkin result abhī tak nahī̃ āī hai . harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] wing milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin result ab[adv.hī] tak nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x[root]|x) year wing receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but result now until not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
245Those from the wings meet every year, and BapDada is pleased, but until now, BapDada has not received any result.
227यह विंग्स का प्रोग्राम कितने साल से चल रहा है ? yah wings kā programme kitnē sāl sē chal rahā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] wing kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? this wing of programme so year from continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
246For how many years have these programmes of the different wings been continuing?
228कितने साल हुए हैं ? kitnē sāl huē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? so year be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
247How many years has it been?
229 ( 22 साल ) तो 22 साल में हर साल में एक तो निकलना चाहिए . ( 22 sāl ) tō 22 sāl mē̃ har|her sāl mē̃ ēk tō nikalnā chāhiē . ( 22 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) tō 22 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] tō nikalnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|nikalnā[.oblig3] . ( 22 year ) then 22 year in (x[root]|x) year in one then (be extracted[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be extracted[.oblig3]) .
248(22 years.) 249In 22 years, there should be one heir or mike that emerges every year.
230लिस्ट नहीं आई है . list nahī̃ āī hai . list nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . list not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
250Baba has not yet received a list.
231एक विंग की भी लिस्ट नहीं आई है . ēk wing key|kī bhī list nahī̃ āī hai . ēk[adj.] wing key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] list nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . one wing (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too list not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
251Not a single wing has sent a list.
232तो अच्छा है , आप लोगों ने दिल से सेवा की है इसीलिए दिलाराम बाप की तरफ से बहुत-बहुत-बहुत दिल की दुआयें हैं . tō achchhā hai , āp lōgō̃ nē dil sē sēvā kī hai isīliē dilārām bāp key|kī taraph sē bahut-bahut-bahut dil key|kī duāyē̃ haĩ . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] isīliē dilārām bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you people ∅ heart from service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] x x father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from very heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
252It is good that all of you have served from your heart, and this is why many, many, many blessings from the heart of the Father, the Comforter of Hearts.
233अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
253Achcha.
234दूसरे वर्ष के लिए तैयारी करके आना . dūsrē varṣh kē liē taiyārī karkē ānā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . other year for x do[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
254Next year, make these preparations before coming.
235डबल विदेशी : डबल विदेशी चतुर बहुत हैं . double vidēśhī : double vidēśhī chatur bahut haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chatur[adj.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner : double foreigner x very be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 236हर टर्न में अपना अच्छा अधिकार रखा है . har|her turn mē̃ apnā achchhā adhikār rakhā hai . harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x[root]|x) you in (one’s own|adopt[root]) achcha right keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
255Double foreigners: Double foreigners are very clever; they claim a very good right in each turn.
237बापदादा को और सभी ब्राह्मण परिवार को खुशी होती है कि बापदादा का संगठन इन्टरनेशनल संगठन है . bāpdādā kō aur sabhī brāhmaṇ parivār kō khuśhī hōtī hai ki bāpdādā kā saṅgaṭhan international saṅgaṭhan hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] aur sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] international saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to and all Brahmin family to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] that BapDada of gathering international gathering be[pres.sg.23] .
256BapDada and the whole Brahmin family is happy that BapDada's gathering is an international gathering.
238अच्छी हिम्मत करके आते हैं . achchhī himmat karkē ātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha courage do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
257You come with great courage.
239सबसे ज्यादा ग्रुप कहाँ का है ? sabsē jyādā group kahā̃ kā hai ? sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the most more group where of be[pres.sg.23] ?
258Where is the largest group from?
240 ( मलेशिया से 61 आये हैं ) अच्छा है , जितना बड़ा ग्रुप है ना , उतनी बड़ी बड़ी बड़ी मुबारक हो . ( Malaysia sē 61 āyē haĩ ) achchhā hai , jitnā baṛā group hai nā , utnī baṛī baṛī baṛī mubārak hō . ( Malaysia sē[postp.] 61 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Malaysia from 61 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , the more very group be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , x very very very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
259(61 brothers and sisters have come from Malaysia.) 260It is good. 261Many, many, many congratulations - as many congratulations as the group is big.
241अच्छा है फारेन का विशेष गायन है कि वहाँ की लाइफ फास्ट लाइफ होती है तो जो डबल विदेशी ब्राह्मण परिवार के बन गये उनका भी फास्ट पुरूषार्थ है ? achchhā hai foreign kā viśhēṣh gāyan hai ki vahā̃ key|kī life fast life hōtī hai tō jō double vidēśhī brāhmaṇ parivār K|kē ban gayē unkā bhī fast purūṣhārth hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] vahā̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] life fast life hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō jō[pn.;d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] vah[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] fast puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] abroad of special x be[pres.sg.23] that there (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) life fast life be[pres.sg.f.23] then that double foreigner Brahmin family (K|of) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that[.kā] too fast effort be[pres.sg.23] ?
262It is specially said of people abroad that they have a fast life there. 263So, do you double foreigners who have now become part of the Brahmin family make fast effort?
242जब देश की फास्ट लाइफ है तो ब्राह्मण परिवार की फास्ट पुरूषार्थ की लाइफ है ? jab dēśh key|kī fast life hai tō brāhmaṇ parivār key|kī fast purūṣhārth key|kī life hai ? jab dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] fast life hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] fast puruṣhārth key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] life hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? when land (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) fast life be[pres.sg.23] then Brahmin family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) fast effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) life be[pres.sg.23] ?
264Since the life in that country is a fast life, then is your life of the Brahmin family that of fast effort?
243फास्ट है या स्लो है ? fast hai yā slow hai ? fast hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā slow hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? fast be[pres.sg.23] or x be[pres.sg.23] ?
265Is it fast or slow?
244फास्ट है ? fast hai ? fast hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? fast be[pres.sg.23] ?
266Is it fast?
245हाँ या ना कहो . hā̃ yā nā kahō . hā̃ yā nā kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes or ∅ say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
267Say, "yes" or "no".
246जिसकी फास्ट है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskī fast hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kī] fast hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kī] fast be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
268Those who have fast effort, raise your hand!
247आधा है , आधा नहीं है . ādhā hai , ādhā nahī̃ hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . half be[pres.sg.23] , half not be[pres.sg.23] .
269Half of them are "yes" and half are "no".
248अभी अगले वर्ष जब आओ ना , आना ही पड़ेगा ना . abhī aglē varṣh jab āō nā , ānā hī paṛēgā nā . ab[adv.hī] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā , ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . now next year when come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ , (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only fall[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ . 249तो इस साल में लक्ष्य रखो कि पुरूषार्थी तो हैं लेकिन पुरूषार्थ के आगे तीव्र शब्द एड कर दो . tō is sāl mē̃ lakṣhya rakhō ki purūṣhārthī tō haĩ lēkin purūṣhārth kē āgē tīvr śhabda add kar dō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] purūṣhārthī[x] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin puruṣhārth kē āgē[x] tīvr[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] add karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . then this year in aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that effort-maker then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but effort in front of intense word add do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
270Now, when you come next year, and you have to come, then keep the aim this year that you are an effort-maker and add the word "fast" in front of the word "effort".
250पुरूषार्थी बनना कामन है , तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनना विशेष है . purūṣhārthī bannā common hai , tīvr purūṣhārthī bannā viśhēṣh hai . purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] common hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort-maker become[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[pres.sg.23] , intense effort-maker become[inf.m.sg.d.] special be[pres.sg.23] .
271It is common to be an effort-maker, but special to be a fast effort-maker.
251तो आप सभी विशेष आत्मायें हो , साधारण थोड़ेही हो , विशेष हो . tō āp sabhī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ hō , sādhāraṇ thōṛēhī hō , viśhēṣh hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] thōṛēhī hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you all special soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , ordinary not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , special (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
272So, all of you are special souls. 273You are not ordinary, you are special.
252तो विशेष आत्माओं की पहली निशानी है तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . tō viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ key|kī pahlī niśhānī hai tīvr purūṣhārthī . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . then special soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x sign be[pres.sg.23] intense effort-maker .
274The first sign of special souls is that they are fast effort-makers.
253सोचा और किया . sōchā aur kiyā . sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
275You think of something and you instantly do it.
254ऐसे नहीं करेंगे , हो जायेगा … होना तो है ही … नहीं . aisē nahī̃ karē̃gē , hō jāyēgā … hōnā tō hai hī … nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] … nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only … not .
276It is not that you say, "I will do it. 277It will happen. 278It has to happen." 279No.
255करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
280"I must do this.
256उड़ना ही है . uṛnā hī hai . uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . fly[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
281I must fly.
257बाप समान बनना ही है , इसको कहते हैं तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . bāp samān bannā hī hai , iskō kahtē haĩ tīvr purūṣhārthī . bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] intense effort-maker .
282I definitely have to become equal to the Father." 283This is called being a fast effort-maker.
258तो क्या करेंगे ? tō kyā karē̃gē ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
284So what will you do?
259तीव्र पुरूषार्थ है ना ! tīvr purūṣhārth hai nā ! tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! intense effort be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
285You are making fast effort, are you not?
260अभी समय तीव्र समीप आ रहा है . abhī samay tīvr samīp ā rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīvr[adj.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . now time intense close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
286Now, the time is coming close very fast.
261समय में तीव्रता आ गई है लेकिन दुःख के अशान्ति के समय को समाप्त करने वाले , उन्हों को तो समय से भी तीव्र बनना ही है . samay mē̃ tīvratā ā gaī hai lēkin duḥkh K|kē aśhānti K|kē samay kō samāpt karnē vālē , unhō̃ kō tō samay sē bhī tīvr bannā hī hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] lēkin duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] tīvr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . time in fast speed come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] but (hurt[root]|sorrow) (K|of) peacelessness (K|of) time to finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , that to then time from too intense become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
287Time has become fast, but those who are to finish the period of sorrow and peacelessness have to become faster than time.
262फिर भी अच्छे हैं , लगन है , पहुंच गये हो , उसकी मुबारक है . phir bhī achchhē haĩ , lagan hai , pahuñch gayē hō , uskī mubārak hai . phir bhī[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , love be[pres.sg.23] , reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
288Even so, you are good, you have deep love and so you have arrived here. 289Congratulations for that.
263अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
290Achcha.
264तीव्र पुरूषार्थी ? tīvr purūṣhārthī ? tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] ? intense effort-maker ?
291Are you fast effort-makers?
265ठीक है , जो कहते हैं हाँ , वह हाथ उठाओ . ṭhīk hai , jō kahtē haĩ hā̃ , vah hāth uṭhāō . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hā̃ , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . OK be[pres.sg.23] , that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yes , that raise your hands .
292Is that all right? 293Those who are saying, "yes", raise your hands.
266साधारण पुरूषार्थ नहीं , तीव्र पुरूषार्थ ? sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth nahī̃ , tīvr purūṣhārth ? sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth ? ordinary effort not , intense effort ?
294Not ordinary effort, but fast effort.
267कि बीच बीच में साधारण पुरूषार्थ करेंगे ? ki bīch bīch mē̃ sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth karē̃gē ? ki[conj.] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that centre centre in ordinary effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
295Or, will you make ordinary effort every now and again?
268साधारण नहीं सदा तीव्र पुरूषार्थ . sādhāraṇ nahī̃ sadā tīvr purūṣhārth . sādhāraṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] sadā tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth . ordinary not constantly intense effort .
296Not ordinary, but constantly make intense effort.
269बस मालिकपन का नशा हर समय चेहरे से ही दिखाई दे . bas mālikpan kā naśhā har|her samay chēhrē sē hī dikhāī dē . basnā[root]|bas mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . (x[root]|simply) being a master of intoxication (x[root]|x) time face from only be visible .
297The intoxication of being a master should be visible on your face at every moment.
270मुख से भी ज्यादा चेहरा बोलता है . mukh sē bhī jyādā chēhrā bōltā hai . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bōlnā[pres.sg.m.23] . mouth from too more face speak[pres.sg.m.23] .
298Your face speaks more than your lips do.
271तो बहुत अच्छा , अगले साल रिजल्ट देखेंगे . tō bahut achchhā , aglē sāl result dēkhē̃gē . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then very achcha , next year result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
299So, very good. 300Baba will see the result next year.
272अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 273बैठ जाओ , बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो . baiṭh jāō , bahut-bahut mubārak hō . baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
301OK, you may sit down. 302Many, many congratulations.
274धार्मिक विंग , सोशल विंग और ट्रांसपोर्ट विंग मीटिंग के लिए आये हैं : समाज सेवा में कोई न कोई सेवा का साधन लोगों को देते हैं , कुछ न कुछ सेवा करते हैं . dhārmik wing , social wing aur transport wing meeting kē liē āyē haĩ : samāj sēvā mē̃ kōī na kōī sēvā kā sādhan lōgō̃ kō dētē haĩ , kuchh na kuchh sēvā kartē haĩ . dhārmik[adj.] wing , social wing aur transport wing meeting kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kuchh na[neg] kuchh sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Religious wing , x wing and transport wing meeting for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : x service in one .. or another service of facilities people to give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , anything not anything service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
303Religious wing, social service wing and transport wing have come for meetings: In Social Service, people give people one or another facility. 304They serve them in one way or another.
275तो समाज सेवा वाले यही लक्ष्य रखो जो भी आत्मायें सम्पर्क में आती हैं उनको कोई न कोई गुण , कोई न कोई ज्ञान की प्वाइंट , कोई न कोई खज़ाना , जो बाप से मिला है , वह देना है . tō samāj sēvā vālē yahī lakṣhya rakhō jō bhī ātmāyē̃ samparka mē̃ ātī haĩ unkō kōī na kōī guṇ , kōī na kōī gyān key|kī point , kōī na kōī khazānā , jō bāp sē milā hai , vah dēnā hai . tō samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] kōī na kōī[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kōī na kōī[x] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] point , kōī na kōī[x] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x service those who this aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that too soul x in come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that[.kō] one .. or another virtue , one .. or another knowledge (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) point , one .. or another treasure , that father from receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
305So, those from the Social Service should keep the aim that you have to give all the souls who come into contact with you one or another virtue, one or another point of knowledge or one or another treasure that you have received from the Father.
276यह सोशल सेवा हर एक की करनी है , खाली हाथ कोई न जाए , कुछ लेकर ही जाये क्योंकि दाता के बच्चे हैं , कैसे भी लोगों को चाहे किसी साधन द्वारा , चाहे डायरेक्ट कनेक्शन द्वारा लेकिन कुछ न कुछ देना है . yah social sēvā har ēk key|kī karnī hai , khālī hāth kōī na jāē , kuchh lēkar hī jāyē kyōṅki dātā K|kē bachchē haĩ , kaisē bhī lōgō̃ kō chāhē kisī sādhan dvārā , chāhē direct connection dvārā lēkin kuchh na kuchh dēnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] social sēvā[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , khālī[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] na[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] , kuchh lēnā[abs.] hī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyōṅki dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē direct connection dvārā lēkin kuchh na[neg] kuchh dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this x service each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , empty hand some not (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) , anything take[abs.] only go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] because bestower (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , how too people to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) facilities through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) direct connection through but anything not anything give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
306You have to serve everyone with this social service. 307No one should go away empty-handed. 308They should go back with something because you are the children of the Bestower. 309In whatever way, whether though the facilities or through direct connection, you definitely have to give them something or other.
277यह सोशल सेवा , आध्यात्मिक सेवा चारों ओर फैलानी है , चाहे किसी भी विधि से , जो हर एक के मुख से निकले कि हमें बहुत अच्छी सेवा का साधन मिला . yah social sēvā , ādhyātmik sēvā chārō̃ ōr phailānī hai , chāhē kisī bhī vidhi sē , jō har ēk K|kē mukh sē nikalē ki hamē̃ bahut achchhī sēvā kā sādhan milā . yah[pn.sg.d.] social sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , ādhyātmik[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] . this x service , spiritual service everywhere spread[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) too method from , that each one (K|of) mouth from (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that we[.kō] very achcha service of facilities (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) . 278बहुत अच्छी प्राप्ति कराई . bahut achchhī prāpti karāī . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[past-part.f.] . very achcha attainment make commit[past-part.f.] .
310This social service and spiritual service has to be spread in all directions, using whatever method, so that it emerges from each one's lips that they have found a very good means of service, that they have received a very good attainment.
279आजकल बहुत प्यासी भी हैं , तो कुछ न कुछ प्राप्ति कराके भरपूर बनाओ . ājkal bahut pyāsī bhī haĩ , tō kuchh na kuchh prāpti karākē bharpūr banāō . ājkal bahut pyās[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō kuchh na[neg] kuchh prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[abs.] bharpūr[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nowadays very thirst too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then anything not anything attainment make commit[abs.] full create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
311Nowadays, souls are very thirsty, and so definitely give them one or another attainment and make them full.
280अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
312Achcha.
281एक बात जो बापदादा ने फिर से कही , लिस्ट आनी चाहिए . ēk bāt jō bāpdādā nē phir sē kahī , list ānī chāhiē . ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] phir sē[x] kahnā[past-part.f.] , list ānā[.oblig3] . one matter that BapDada ∅ again say[past-part.f.] , list come[.oblig3] .
313One thing that BapDada says again is that He should be given a list.
282एक भी विंग की लिस्ट नहीं आई है . ēk bhī wing key|kī list nahī̃ āī hai . ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] wing key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . one too wing (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
314Baba has not received a list from any of the wings.
283और उन्हों की जो आप लिस्ट लिखो , उसमें उनकी प्राप्ति का अनुभव भी शार्ट में साथ में हो . aur unhō̃ key|kī jō āp list likhō , usmē̃ unkī prāpti kā anubhav bhī short mē̃ sāth mē̃ hō . aur vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] list likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vah[pn.pl.kī] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] short mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that you list write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.mē̃] that[.kī] attainment of experience too short in with in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
315The list that you make should also have the experience of their attainment received in short.
284जैसे यहाँ कहकर जाते हैं ना बहुत प्राप्ति हुई बहुत मिला . jaisē yahā̃ kahkar jātē haĩ nā bahut prāpti huī bahut milā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ kahnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā bahut prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] bahut milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] . like here say[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ very attainment be[past-part.f.] very (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .
316When they go from here, they say that they attained a lot and received a lot too.
285लेकिन जो प्राप्ति हुई वह इकट्ठा रहा , उसको बढ़ाया ? lēkin jō prāpti huī vah ikaṭṭhā rahā , uskō baṛhāyā ? lēkin jō[pn.;d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kō] baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? but that attainment be[past-part.f.] that together (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , that[.kō] increase[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
317However, did they keep with them what they attained? 318Did they increase it?
286बापदादा ने देखा है जो भी विंग्स है , चाहे ट्रांसपोर्ट का है चाहे धार्मिक है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai jō bhī wings hai , chāhē transport kā hai chāhē dhārmik hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] wing hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē transport kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dhārmik[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too wing be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) transport of be[pres.sg.23] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Religious be[pres.sg.23] . 287लेकिन जब प्रोग्राम करते हैं कनेक्शन में आते हैं , उनसे लगातार कनेक्शन में रखते रहें , वह नहीं होता है . lēkin jab programme kartē haĩ connection mē̃ ātē haĩ , unsē lagātār connection mē̃ rakhtē rahē̃ , vah nahī̃ hōtā hai . lēkin jab programme karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.sē] lagātār connection mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but when programme do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] connection in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.sē] x connection in keep[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , that not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
319BapDada saw that whenever all the wings have programmes - whether transport or religious - they do not keep constant connection with those who come into contact.
288जब फिर प्रोग्राम होगा तब पत्र भेजेंगे , निमन्त्रण भेजेंगे , फिर से आओ . jab phir programme hōgā tab patra bhējē̃gē , nimantraṇ bhējē̃gē , phir sē āō . jab phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] programme hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tab patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phir sē[x] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when (then|turn[root]) programme be[fut.m.sg.23] for only then x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , invitation x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , again come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
320A letter is sent to them when another programme is to take place. 321You send them an invitation for them to come again.
289बापदादा ने एक फारेन का समाचार सुना है , जो कॉल ऑफ टाइम का प्रोग्राम करते हैं , उसमें जो भी आते हैं , अच्छा लगता है , जिज्ञासा उठती है , कनेक्शन होता है तो उन्हें रिलेशन में लाने के लिए समय प्रति समय लगातार हर सप्ताह कुछ न कुछ भेजते रहते हैं . bāpdādā nē ēk foreign kā samāchār sunā hai , jō call of time kā programme kartē haĩ , usmē̃ jō bhī ātē haĩ , achchhā lagtā hai , jigyāsā uṭhtī hai , connection hōtā hai tō unhē̃ relation mē̃ lānē kē liē samay prati samay lagātār har|her saptāh kuchh na kuchh bhējtē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.;d.] call of time[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , jigyāsā[n.f.;sg.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.f.23] , connection hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.pl.kō] relation mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagātār harnā[root]|har|her saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada ∅ one abroad of news listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that call of the time of programme do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , enjoy , want to find out more wake up[pres.sg.f.23] , connection be[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kō] relationship in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] for time for time x (x[root]|x) week anything not anything x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
322BapDada has heard some news from abroad in the Call of Time programme - whoever comes for that programme likes it and their interest is awakened, they are kept in connection and they receive an e-mail every week to keep them in relationship. 323Here, you don't follow it up in the same way.
290ऐसे आप पीठ नहीं करते हो , 6 मास , साल के बाद वह याद आ गया तो आ गया , कनेक्शन हो गया तो हो गया . aisē āp pīṭh nahī̃ kartē hō , 6 mās , sāl kē bād vah yād ā gayā tō ā gayā , connection hō gayā tō hō gayā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , 6 māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , connection hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such you back not do[pres.pl.m.2] , 6 (x|month) , year after that remembrance come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , connection be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
324If you remember them after six months or after a year, that is fine, you remember them. 325If it happens and you make a connection, that is fine.
291लेकिन हर एक की एड्रेस प्रमाण उनको कुछ न कुछ सप्ताह में भेजना चाहिए , जिससे उन्हों की पालना होती रहे , बिना पालना के वृक्ष भी नहीं बड़ा होता . lēkin har ēk key|kī address pramāṇ unkō kuchh na kuchh saptāh mē̃ bhējnā chāhiē , jissē unhō̃ key|kī pālnā hōtī rahē , binā pālnā K|kē vr̥ikṣha bhī nahī̃ baṛā hōtā . lēkin har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] address pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ vah[pn.pl.kō] kuchh na[neg] kuchh saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|bhējnā[.oblig3] , jō[pn.sg.sē] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā.oblig1] , binā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . but each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) address (under) that[.kō] anything not anything week in (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) , that[.sē] that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sustenance[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā.oblig1] , without (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (K|of) tree too not very be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
326However, you should definitely send something or other to their address every week through which they are kept sustained. 327Even a tree cannot grow without sustenance.
292तो यह करना चाहिए . tō yah karnā chāhiē . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . then this (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
328You should do this.
293हर एक विंग को , सिर्फ प्रोग्राम नहीं , प्रोग्रेस भी उन्हों की करानी चाहिए . har ēk wing kō , sirph programme nahī̃ , progress bhī unhō̃ key|kī karānī chāhiē . har ēk[x] wing kō[postp.] , sirph[adj.] programme nahī̃[neg] , progress bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] karānā[.oblig3] . each one wing to , only programme not , progress too that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) make commit[.oblig3] .
329Each wing should not just have programmes, but you must also make them progress.
294नजदीक आते जायें . najdīk ātē jāyē̃ . nazdīk ānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . x come[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . 295और रिजल्ट अपने पास रखते रहो . aur result apnē pās|pass rakhtē rahō . aur result apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . and result one’s own (x|pass) keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
330They should continue to come closer, and you should continue to keep the result with you.
296इस वर्ष में कितने नजदीक रिलेशन में आये ? is varṣh mē̃ kitnē najdīk relation mē̃ āyē ? yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk relation mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ? this year in so x relationship in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) ?
331This year, how many people came into close relationship?
297समझा , सुना ना . samjhā , sunā nā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] nā . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) ∅ .
332Do you understand? 333Did you hear?
298अच्छा है फारेन का रिजल्ट अच्छा है | यह भी करते होंगे लेकिन बापदादा के पास रिजल्ट नहीं आई है . achchhā hai foreign kā result achchhā hai | yah bhī kartē hōṅgē lēkin bāpdādā kē pās result nahī̃ āī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] | yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kē pās[x] result nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] abroad of result achcha be[pres.sg.23] | this too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but BapDada to result not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
334It is good. 335The result from abroad is good. 336You must be doing that here, too, but BapDada has not yet received that result.
299बाकी अच्छा है जब यह वर्गो की सेवा हुई है , तो कनेक्शन में बहुत आये हैं और परिवर्तन भी हुआ है , पहले बुलाना पड़ता था अभी बिना बुलाये भी आने चाहते हैं , फर्क तो है . bākī achchhā hai jab yah vargō key|kī sēvā huī hai , tō connection mē̃ bahut āyē haĩ aur parivartan bhī huā hai , pahlē bulānā paṛtā thā abhī binā bulāyē bhī ānē chāhtē haĩ , phark tō hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jab yah[pn.sg.d.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , tō connection mē̃[postp.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bulānā[hab-past.m.sg..oblig2] ab[adv.hī] binā bulānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] when this profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , then connection in very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and transformation too be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (x|firstly) call[hab-past.m.sg..oblig2] now without call[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , difference then be[pres.sg.23] .
337It is good that from the time you started serving through the wings, many people have come into connection, and transformation has also taken place. 338Previously, you used to have to call them and now they want to come without your asking them to. 339So there is a difference, is there not?
300लेकिन इसकी रिजल्ट सारे परिवार को पता होना चाहिए . lēkin iskī result sārē parivār kō patā hōnā chāhiē . lēkin yah[pn.sg.kī] result sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . but this[.kī] result the whole family to knowledge (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
340However, the whole family should know this result.
301एक दो की रिजल्ट से उमंग आता है . ēk dō key|kī result sē umaṅg ātā hai . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result from zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .
341Seeing the result of one another, everyone receives enthusiasm.
302और एक का सुनके दूसरे को आता है , हम भी कर सकते हैं , हिम्मत भी आती है . aur ēk kā sunkē dūsrē kō ātā hai , ham bhī kar saktē haĩ , himmat bhī ātī hai . aur ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[abs.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . and one of listen[abs.] other to come[pres.sg.m.23] , we too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , courage too come[pres.sg.f.23] .
342Hearing this from one, others will feel that they can also do the same and they receive courage.
303बाकी बापदादा खुश है कि वर्गो की डिपार्टमेंट बनने से भिन्न भिन्न प्रकार की भिन्न भिन्न वर्गो की सेवा बढ़ती जा रही है इसलिए सभी वर्ग वालों को सेवा की मुबारक भी है और आगे बढ़ने का और भी साधन करेंगे तो प्रत्यक्ष फल दिखाई देगा . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai ki vargō key|kī department bannē sē bhinn bhinn prakār key|kī bhinn bhinn vargō key|kī sēvā baṛhtī jā rahī hai isliē sabhī varg vālō̃ kō sēvā key|kī mubārak bhī hai aur āgē baṛhnē kā aur bhī sādhan karē̃gē tō pratyakṣha phal dikhāī dēgā . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] department bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] isliē sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (others|but) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from different different form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) different different profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service grow[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] therefore all profession those who to service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations too be[pres.sg.23] and previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and too facilities do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then visible fruit be visible .
343BapDada is pleased that since the wings have been created, many different types of service of the different wings is continuing to increase. 344This is why congratulations for service to those from all the wings and if you use other methods to move forward, you will see the practical fruit of that.
304आखिर तो सभी वर्ग वाले मिलकरके कहें हम सब एक बाप के एक हैं . ākhir tō sabhī varg vālē milkarkē kahē̃ ham sab ēk bāp K|kē ēk haĩ . ākhir tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[abs.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . at last then all profession those who receive[abs.] say[opt.pl.12hon3] we all one father (K|of) one be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
345Ultimately, those of all the wings together should say: All of us belong to the one Father and we are one.
305इस विश्व की स्टेज पर एक है , एक मत हैं , एक के ही हैं . is viśhva key|kī stage par ēk hai , ēk mat haĩ , ēk K|kē hī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage (at|other) one be[pres.sg.23] , one directions be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one (K|of) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
346We are one on this world stage, we follow one direction and we belong to the One.
306यह आवाज फैले . yah āvāj phailē . yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] . this noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) .
347This sound should spread.
307धार्मिक लोग भी कहें हम एक हैं . dhārmik lōg bhī kahē̃ ham ēk haĩ . dhārmik[adj.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Religious people too say[opt.pl.12hon3] we one be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 308एक के हैं . ēk K|kē haĩ . ēk[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
348Religious people should also say: We are one and we belong to One.
309बाकी सेवा की है उसकी मुबारक . bākī sēvā kī hai uskī mubārak . bākī|bākī sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . (others|but) service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kī] congratulations .
349Congratulations for the service you have done.
310अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
350Achcha.
311कैड ग्रुप भी आया है : इसमें ब्राह्मण भी हैं , फायदा उठाया है ? CAD group bhī āyā hai : ismē̃ brāhmaṇ bhī haĩ , phāydā uṭhāyā hai ? CAD group bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : yah[pn.sg.mē̃] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? CAD group too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : this[.mē̃] Brahmin too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , profit uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
351CAD Group: There are Brahmins, too, in this group. 352Have you taken benefit?
312तो दिल वालों ने दिलाराम को तो पहचान लिया . tō dil vālō̃ nē dilārām kō tō pahchān liyā . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] dilārām kō[postp.] tō pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . then heart those who ∅ x to then recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
353Those with a heart have recognised the Comforter of Hearts.
313इसीलिए दिलाराम को पहचाना तो दिल खुश हो गई और अच्छा है जितना-जितना आप साथ वालों को अनुभवसुनायेंगे , उतना यह सेवा फैलती जायेगी . isīliē dilārām kō pahchānā tō dil khuśh hō gaī aur achchhā hai jitnā-jitnā āp sāth vālō̃ kō anubhavasunāyēṅgē , utnā yah sēvā phailtī jāyēgī . isīliē dilārām kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . x x to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] then heart happy be[past-part.f..root+jānā] and achcha be[pres.sg.23] the more you with those who to x , x this service spread[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . 314क्योंकि प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण है ना . kyōṅki pratyakṣha pramāṇ hai nā . kyōṅki pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . because visible (under) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
354Because you have recognised the Comforter of Hearts your heart has become happy. 355It is good that the more you share your experiences with those who come to you, the more this service will continue to spread because you have practical examples.
315आप स्वयं ही प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण है तो कोई भी प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण देख करके जल्दी खुश हो जाते हैं . āp svayã hī pratyakṣha pramāṇ hai tō kōī bhī pratyakṣha pramāṇ dēkh karkē jaldī khuśh hō jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] svayã hī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōī bhī[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] jaldī khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . you x only visible (under) be[pres.sg.23] then anyone visible (under) see[root] do[abs.] very quickly happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 316हिम्मत आती है . himmat ātī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . courage come[pres.sg.f.23] .
356You yourselves are the practical examples and so anyone who sees a practical example becomes happy very quickly; they receive courage.
317तो अपना अनुभव जो भी सम्पर्क में आये वा सम्पर्क करके भी फैलाते जाओ . tō apnā anubhav jō bhī samparka mē̃ āyē vā samparka karkē bhī phailātē jāō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vā sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) experience that too x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) or x do[abs.] too spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . 318क्योंकि आवश्यकता तो है . kyōṅki āvaśhyaktā tō hai . kyōṅki āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because need then be[pres.sg.23] .
357So, continue to share your experience with those who come into contact with you or make contact with them, because there is a need.
319गरीबी बढ़ती जाती है और गरीबी के समय अगर सहज साधन मिल जाए तो सभी खुश होते हैं . garībī baṛhtī jātī hai aur garībī K|kē samay agar sahaj sādhan mil jāē tō sabhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . garībī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] aur garībī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . poverty grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] and poverty (K|of) time if easy facilities receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
358Poverty is increasing and if they receive facilities easily at a time of poverty, they all become very happy.
320तो अच्छा है . tō achchhā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
359So, it is good.
321समय प्रति समय करते भी रहते हैं और आगे भी करते चलो . samay prati samay kartē bhī rahtē haĩ aur āgē bhī kartē chalō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time for time do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and previously too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
360From time to time you do do this, so continue to do it in the future too.
322अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
361Achcha.
323मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
362Congratulations.
324अच्छा |achchhā |achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] |achcha |
363Achcha.
325ट्रेनिंग में आई हुई टीचर्स से : ट्रेनिंग तो की , बहुत अच्छा किया लेकिन ट्रेनिंग करने के बाद दिल में स्टैम्प कितनी पक्की लगाई ? training mē̃ āī|eye|I huī teachers sē : training tō key|kī , bahut achchhā kiyā lēkin training karnē kē bād dil mē̃ stamp kitnī pakkī lagāī ? training mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I hōnā[past-part.f.] teacher sē[postp.] : training tō key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin training karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] stamp kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagānā[past-part.f.] ? training in (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) be[past-part.f.] teacher from : training then (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but training do[inf.m.pl.,o.] after heart in stamp so firm attach[past-part.f.] ?
364Teachers who have come for training: You did the training and you had very good training. 365However, after taking the training, how firmly have you applied the stamp on your heart?
326क्या सदा निर्विघ्न बन औरों को भी निर्विघ्न बनाती रहेंगी ? kyā sadā nirvighna ban aurō̃ kō bhī nirvighna banātī rahē̃gī ? kyā sadā nirvighna[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ? what constantly free from obstacles (become[root]|x) others to too free from obstacles create[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ?
366Will you remain constantly free from obstacles and continue to make others free from obstacles?
327यह वायदा किया ? yah vāydā kiyā ? yah[pn.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? this promise do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
367Have you promised this?
328निर्विघ्न रहेंगी ? nirvighna rahē̃gī ? nirvighna[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? free from obstacles remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
368Will you remain free from obstacles?
329कि थोड़ा थोड़ा बीच में विघ्न आयेगा ? ki thōṛā thōṛā bīch mē̃ vighna āyēgā ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīch mē̃[postp.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? that short short centre in obstacle come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
369Or will there be obstacles in between every now and again?
330अच्छा आ भी जाए तो परिवर्तन करने की शक्ति विघ्न को , समस्या को समाधान के रूप में परिवर्तन करने की शक्ति अनुभव करते हो ? achchhā ā bhī jāē tō parivartan karnē key|kī śhakti vighna kō , samasyā kō samādhān K|kē rūp mē̃ parivartan karnē key|kī śhakti anubhav kartē hō ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] tō parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? achcha come[root] too (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) then transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti obstacle to , problem to solution (K|of) Rup in transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
370OK, if obstacles do come, do you experience yourself to have the power to transform the obstacles or problems into a solution?
331जो समझते हैं कि परिवर्तन की शक्ति कार्य में लगाके बापदादा को या जिन टीचर्स ने सेवा की , उसको सबूत दिखायेंगे ऐसी हिम्मत रखने वाले हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki parivartan key|kī śhakti kārya mē̃ lagākē bāpdādā kō yā jin teachers nē sēvā key|kī , uskō sabūt dikhāyēṅgē aisī himmat rakhnē vālē hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[abs.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yā jō[pn.pl.o.] teacher nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , vah[pn.sg.kō] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that transformation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti task in attach[abs.] BapDada to or that teacher ∅ service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , that[.kō] x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] such courage keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who raise your hands .
371Those who feel that they will use the power of transformation and show the proof to BapDada and the teachers who served them, those who have such courage, raise your hands.
332दिल का हाथ उठाया है ना ! dil kā hāth uṭhāyā hai nā ! dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! heart of raise your hands ∅ !
372You have raised the hand of the heart, have you not?
333कुछ भी हो जाए , सी फादर . kuchh bhī hō jāē , C|see|sī father . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] father . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , (x|see) father .
373No matter what happens, see the Father.
334औरों की विशेषता को देखना लेकिन फॉलो फादर . aurō̃ key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō dēkhnā lēkin follow father . aurō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin follow father[x] . others (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to see[inf.m.sg.d.] but follow the Father .
374See the specialities of others, but follow the Father.
335अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
375Achcha.
336कितने हैं ग्रुप में ? kitnē haĩ group mē̃ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] group mē̃[postp.] ? so be[pres.pl.12hon3] group in ?
376How many are there in this group?
337 ( 70 बहिने हैं ) तो आप सभी अपनी टीचर द्वारा मधुबन में रिजल्ट लिखते रहना , बार बार नहीं लिखना , 15 दिन में टीचर द्वारा ओ . के . लिखना , बस . ( 70 bahinē haĩ ) tō āp sabhī apnī teacher dvārā madhuban mē̃ result likhtē rahnā , bār bār nahī̃ likhnā , 15 din mē̃ teacher dvārā ō . K|kē . likhnā , bas . ( 70 bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] teacher dvārā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] result likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] teacher dvārā O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , basnā[root]|bas . ( 70 x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) then you all one’s own teacher through Madhuban in result write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , time time not write[inf.m.sg.d.] , 15 day in teacher through x . (K|of) . write[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x[root]|simply) .
377(70 sisters) So all of you should continue to write your result to Madhuban through your teacher. 378Do not write again and again. 379Write an "OK" through your teacher every 15 days, that is all.
338छोटा सा कार्ड भेजना , लम्बा पत्र नहीं भेजना . chhōṭā sā card bhējnā , lambā patra nahī̃ bhējnā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] card bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . small x card x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x x not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
380Send a small card; do not send a long letter.
339सुनाया था ना - अगर कोई कमज़ोरी आ भी जाए तो सिर्फ ओ . के . के बीच में लाइन लगा देना . sunāyā thā nā - agar kōī kamzōrī ā bhī jāē tō sirph ō . K|kē . K|kē bīch mē̃ line lagā dēnā . sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā - agar kōī[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] tō sirph[adj.] O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] line lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . speak[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ - if some weakness come[root] too (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) then only x . (K|of) . (K|of) centre in line (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
381You were told that if you have any weakness, then simply put a line through the OK.
340तो यहाँ से फिर आपको याद दिलाते रहेंगे . tō yahā̃ sē phir āpkō yād dilātē rahē̃gē . tō yahā̃ sē[postp.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kō] yād dilānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then here from (then|turn[root]) you[.kō] remind .
382From here, you will continue to be reminded.
341अभी 70 तो निर्विघ्न आत्मायें बन गई ना और निर्विघ्न बनायेंगी भी . abhī 70 tō nirvighna ātmāyē̃ ban gaī nā aur nirvighna banāyēṅgī bhī . ab[adv.hī] 70 tō nirvighna[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā aur nirvighna[adj.] banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] . now 70 then free from obstacles soul become[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ and free from obstacles create[fut.f.pl.12hon3] too .
383Now, 70 souls have become free from obstacles and you will also make others free from obstacles.
342जहाँ भी जायेंगी वहाँ निर्विघ्न बन निर्विघ्न बनायेंगी . jahā̃ bhī jāyēṅgī vahā̃ nirvighna ban nirvighna banāyēṅgī . jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ nirvighna[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . where there too go[fut.f.pl.12hon3] there free from obstacles (become[root]|x) free from obstacles create[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
384Wherever you go, you will remain free from obstacles and make others free from obstacles.
343है ना हिम्मत ? hai nā himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ courage ?
385You have this courage, do you not?
344हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
386Do you have this courage?
345अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 346रिजल्ट देखना . result dēkhnā . result dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . result see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
387Achcha, let us see the result.
347रिपोर्ट आती जायेगी ना तो पता पड़ता जायेगा . report ātī jāyēgī nā tō patā paṛtā jāyēgā . report ānā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] nā tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . report come[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] ∅ then knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
388As Baba receives the report, He will know about it.
348अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
389Achcha.
349सब कुछ सुना . sab kuchh sunā . sab kuchh[x] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . everything (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
390You heard everything.
350जैसे सुनना सहज लगता है ना ! jaisē sunnā sahaj lagtā hai nā ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! like listen[inf.m.sg.d.] easy x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
391You find it easy to hear everything.
351ऐसे ही सुनने से परे स्वीट साइलेन्स की स्थिति भी जब चाहो जितना समय चाहो उतना समय मालिक होके , पहले विशेष है मन के मालिक , इसीलिए कहा जाता है , मन जीते जगतजीत . aisē hī sunnē sē parē sweet silence key|kī sthiti bhī jab chāhō jitnā samay chāhō utnā samay mālik hōkē , pahlē viśhēṣh hai man K|kē mālik , isīliē kahā jātā hai , man jītē jagatjīt . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] par sweet silence[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , isīliē kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] jītā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|jīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|jītnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jītnā[opt.sg.23] jagat jīt[adj.] . such only listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from other sweet silence (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage too when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the more time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x time master be[abs.] , (x|firstly) special be[pres.sg.23] mind (K|of) master , x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , mind (x|live[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) conqueror of the world .
392In the same way, go into sweet silence, beyond hearing anything. 393Whenever you want, for as long as you want, become a master and, in particular, first is being a master of the mind. 394This is why it is said that those who conquer the mind conquer the world.
352तो अभी सुना , देखा , आत्मा राजा बन मन बुद्धि संस्कार को अपने कन्ट्रोल में कर सकते हो ? tō abhī sunā , dēkhā , ātmā rājā ban man buddhi saṅskār kō apnē control mē̃ kar saktē hō ? tō ab[adv.hī] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] control mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? then now (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , soul king (become[root]|x) mind intellect sanskar to one’s own control in do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
395Now that you heard and saw, can you, the soul, become a king and control your mind, intellect and sanskars?
353मन-बुद्धि-संस्कार तीनों के मालिक बन ऑर्डर करो स्वीट साइलेन्स , तो अनुभव करो कि आर्डर करने से , अधिकारी बनने से तीनों ही आर्डर में रहते हैं ? man-buddhi-sanskār tīnō̃ K|kē mālik ban order karō sweet silence , tō anubhav karō ki order karnē sē , adhikārī bannē sē tīnō̃ hī order mē̃ rahtē haĩ ? man-buddhi-sanskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīnō̃[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sweet silence[x] , tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] order karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] order mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? mind, intellect and sanskars all three (K|of) master (become[root]|x) order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sweet silence , then experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that order do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from , (one) who has a right become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from all three only order in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
396Become a master of your mind, intellect and sanskars and order them to be in sweet silence. 397So, do you experience that, by ordering them and having authority over them, the three are able to remain under your orders?
354अभी-अभी अधिकारी की स्टेज पर स्थित हो जाओ . abhī-abhī adhikārī key|kī stage par sthit hō jāō . ab[adv.hī] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now (one) who has a right (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage (at|other) stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
398Now become stable in the stage of being the authority.
355अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
399Achcha.
356चारों ओर के सदा स्वमानधारी , सत्यता के शक्ति स्वरूप , पवित्रता के सिद्धि स्वरूप , सदा अचल अडोल स्थिति के अनुभवी स्व परिवर्तक और विश्व परिवर्तक , सदा अधिकारी स्थिति द्वारा सर्व आत्माओं को बाप द्वारा अधिकार दिलाने वाले चारों तरफ के बापदादा के लकी और लवली आत्माओं को परमात्म यादप्यार और दिल की दुआयें स्वीकार हो और बापदादा का मीठे मीठे बच्चों को नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē sadā svamāndhārī , satyatā K|kē śhakti svarūp , pavitratā K|kē siddhi svarūp , sadā achal aḍōl sthiti K|kē anubhavī sva parivartak aur viśhva parivartak , sadā adhikārī sthiti dvārā sarv ātmāō̃ kō bāp dvārā adhikār dilānē vālē chārō̃ taraph K|kē bāpdādā K|kē lucky aur lovely ātmāō̃ kō paramātma yādpyār aur dil key|kī duāyē̃ svīkār hō aur bāpdādā kā mīṭhē mīṭhē bachchō̃ kō namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā svamāndhārī[adj.] , satyatā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] siddhi[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā achal aḍōl[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] sva parivartak[adj.] aur viśhva parivartak[x] , sadā adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dvārā sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā adhikār[x] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ taraph[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lucky aur lovely ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . everywhere (K|of) constantly those with self-respect , truth (K|of) Shakti form , purity (K|of) success form , constantly unshakeable unshakeable stage (K|of) experienced x transformer and world transformer , constantly (one) who has a right stage through all soul to father through right x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who everywhere (K|of) BapDada (K|of) lucky and lovely soul to Supreme Soul love, remembrance and heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and BapDada of sweet sweet child to x .
400To all the children from everywhere who always maintain their self-respect, to those who are embodiments of the power of truth, to those who are embodiments of success through purity, to those who are experienced in always being unshakeable and having an immovable stage, self-transformers and world-transformers, to those who through their stage of having authority enable all souls to claim their rights from the Father, to all BapDada's lucky and lovely souls from everywhere, please accept God's love, remembrance and blessings from the heart and namaste to BapDada's sweetest children.
357दादियों से : अच्छा है बापदादा ने रिजल्ट देखी . dādiyō̃ sē : achchhā hai bāpdādā nē result dēkhī . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā nē[postp.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . Dadi from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada ∅ result see[past-part.f.] .
401To the Dadis: It is good that BapDada saw the result.
358अच्छा रहा . achchhā rahā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
402It was good.
359शुभचिंतन और शुभचिंतक दोनों ही स्थिति में बिजी रहना , वायुमण्डल फैलाना यह अच्छा है . śhubhchintan aur śhubhchintak dōnō̃ hī sthiti mē̃ busy rahnā , vāyumaṇḍal phailānā yah achchhā hai . śhubh chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhubhchintak[adj.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . pure and positive thoughts and (one) who has pure and positive thoughts x only stage in busy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , atmosphere spread[inf.m.sg.d.] this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
403To remain busy in the stages of both having good wishes for the self and having pure and positive thoughts for others, and to spread that atmosphere is good.
360अच्छा कर रही हैं . achchhā kar rahī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . achcha do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
404You are doing well.
361अच्छा कर रहे हैं करते रहेंगे . achchhā kar rahē haĩ kartē rahē̃gē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
405You are doing well and will continue to do so.
362मैजारिटी दिखा गया है कि जो आप निमित्त हैं , सब निमित्त हैं , तो जो भी आप निमित्त हैं , उन्हों को विशेष इस समय यह अटेन्शन रखना है कि सन्तुष्ट रहना तो है ही लेकिन सन्तुष्ट रहे , वायुमण्डल सन्तुष्ट रहे , उसके लिए आपस में कोई न कोई प्लैन बनाते रहना . majority dikhā gayā hai ki jō āp nimitt haĩ , sab nimitt haĩ , tō jō bhī āp nimitt haĩ , unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh is samay yah attention rakhnā hai ki santuṣhṭ rahnā tō hai hī lēkin santuṣhṭ rahē , vāyumaṇḍal santuṣhṭ rahē , uskē liē āpas mē̃ kōī na kōī plan banātē rahnā . majority dikhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|dikhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] is samay[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] , vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āpas mē̃[x] kōī na kōī[x] plan banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . majority (seem[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|seem[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that that you instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then that too you instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that to special at this time this attention keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only but content (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) , atmosphere content (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) , of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) with each other one .. or another plan create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
406In the majority, it has been seen that where there are instruments - all of you are instruments. 407All of you who are instruments have to pay this special attention at this time to this and remain content; not just to remain content but to have that contentment in the atmosphere. 408For that, continue to make one or another plan among yourselves.
363यह तीन पाण्डव भी आवें . yah tīn pāṇḍav bhī āvē̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . this x Pandava too come[opt.pl.12hon3] .
409The three Pandavas should also come (the senior brothers were called onto the stage.)
364जो भी निमित्त बने हुए हैं उन्हों को आजकल के वायुमण्डल प्रमाण स्वयं तो सन्तुष्ट रहना ही है लेकिन सन्तुष्ट करना भी है . jō bhī nimitt banē huē haĩ unhō̃ kō ājkal K|kē vāyumaṇḍal pramāṇ svayã tō santuṣhṭ rahnā hī hai lēkin santuṣhṭ karnā bhī hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ājkal K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ svayã tō santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to nowadays (K|of) atmosphere (under) x then content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but content do[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
410According to the atmosphere nowadays, those who have become instruments definitely have to keep themselves content, and also make others content.
365असन्तुष्टता का वायुमण्डल में प्रभाव नहीं हो क्यां कि आजकल सन्तुष्टता सबको चाहिए . asantuṣhṭatā kā vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ prabhāv nahī̃ hō kyā̃ ki ājkal santuṣhṭatā sabkō chāhiē . asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x ki[conj.] ājkal santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] sabkō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . discontentment of atmosphere in x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x that nowadays contentment everything (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) . 366लेकिन हिम्मत नहीं है . lēkin himmat nahī̃ hai . lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but courage not be[pres.sg.23] .
411There should be no influence of discontentment in the atmosphere because nowadays everyone wants contentment, but they don't have courage.
367इसीलिए बीच-बीच में कुछ न कुछ ऐसा परवश होके कर लेते हैं लेकिन उन्हों को भी कुछ शिक्षा , कुछ क्षमा , कुछ रहम , कुछ आत्मिक स्नेह उसकी आवश्यकता है और देखा जाता है कि वायुमण्डल में मैजारिटी को बैलेन्स रखना नहीं आता . isīliē bīch-bīch mē̃ kuchh na kuchh aisā parvaśh hōkē kar lētē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kō bhī kuchh śhikṣhā , kuchh kṣhamā , kuchh rahm , kuchh ātmik snēh uskī āvaśhyaktā hai aur dēkhā jātā hai ki vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ majority kō balance rakhnā nahī̃ ātā . isīliē bīch-bīch mē̃[x] kuchh na[neg] kuchh aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] , kuchh kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] , kuchh rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kuchh ātmik[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority kō[postp.] balance rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x x anything not anything such under an influence be[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] but that to too anything teachings , anything forgiveness , anything mercy , anything soul-conscious love that[.kī] need be[pres.sg.23] and (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that atmosphere in majority to balance keep[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
412This is why, every now and again, being under an external influence, when they do something wrong, they need some correction, some forgiveness, some mercy and some soul-conscious love. 413It has been seen that in the environment nowadays, the majority of people don't know how to keep a balance.
368बैलेन्स से शिक्षा भी हो और फिर साथ-साथ उनको हिम्मत भी दो . balance sē śhikṣhā bhī hō aur phir sāth-sāth unkō himmat bhī dō . balance sē[postp.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sāth-sāth vah[pn.pl.kō] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . balance from teachings too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and (then|turn[root]) x that[.kō] courage too (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
414With balance, give them correction and together with that also give them courage.
369सिर्फ शिक्षा से , अभी सभी शिक्षक बन गये हैं , इसीलिए शिक्षा के साथ हिम्मत और स्नेह दिल का , बाहर का नहीं लेकिन दिल का स्नेह दोनों का बैलेन्स रख करके देना है . sirph śhikṣhā sē , abhī sabhī śhikṣhak ban gayē haĩ , isīliē śhikṣhā kē sāth himmat aur snēh dil kā , bāhar kā nahī̃ lēkin dil kā snēh dōnō̃ kā balance rakh karkē dēnā hai . sirph[adj.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] śhikṣhak[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , isīliē śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[root] karnā[abs.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . only teachings from , now all teacher become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , x teachings with courage and love heart of , outside of not but heart of love x of balance keep[root] do[abs.] give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
415By just giving correction - everyone has now become a teacher - therefore, together with giving correction, give them courage and love from the heart, not superficially, but love from the heart. 416Give this to them, keeping a balance of the two.
370और ऐसे प्लैन बनाओ जो चारों ओर कोई न कोई ऐसा प्लैन चलता रहे . aur aisē plan banāō jō chārō̃ ōr kōī na kōī aisā plan chaltā rahē . aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kōī na kōī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan chalnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . and such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everywhere one .. or another such plan continue[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
417And make such plans that these plans can continue in all directions.
371जैसे समय प्रति समय भट्टियाँ चलाते हो वह तो चलाते ही रहो लेकिन छोटा मोटा प्रोग्राम सदा चलता रहे , तो ऐसी विधि निकालो जिससे चारों ओर का वायुमण्डल शक्तिशाली बनें . jaisē samay prati samay bhaṭṭiyā̃ chalātē hō vah tō chalātē hī rahō lēkin chhōṭā mōṭā programme sadā chaltā rahē , tō aisī vidhi nikālō jissē chārō̃ ōr kā vāyumaṇḍal śhaktiśhālī banē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme sadā chalnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.sē] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like time for time bhatti x[pres.pl.m.2] that then x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but small gross programme constantly continue[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , then such method x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.sē] everywhere of atmosphere powerful become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
418Just as from time to time you have bhattis, so continue with those, but also continue to have small or big programmes all the time. 419Find such a method through which the atmosphere everywhere can become powerful.
372चाहना है लेकिन हिम्मत कम है . chāhnā hai lēkin himmat cum|kam hai . chāhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but courage (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
420People have that desire but they have less courage.
373तो आपस में मिलके कोई न कोई हर मास के लिए ऐसा वर्क निकालो जो सभी उसमें बिजी हो जाएं , रिजल्ट आती रहे . tō āpas mē̃ milkē kōī na kōī har|her mās kē liē aisā work nikālō jō sabhī usmē̃ busy hō jāē̃ , result ātī rahē . tō āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] kōī na kōī[x] harnā[root]|har|her māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] work nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] busy hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , result ānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then with each other receive[abs.] one .. or another (x[root]|x) (x|month) for such x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all that[.mē̃] busy be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , result come[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
421So, get together among yourselves and, every month, find something to do in which everyone can become busy; let this result continue to emerge.
374और चेकिंग भी हो , अगर नहीं करते हैं तो क्यों ? aur checking bhī hō , agar nahī̃ kartē haĩ tō kyō̃ ? aur checking bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , agar nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyō̃ ? and x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , if not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then why ?
422Also check: If you are not doing this, then why?
375अलबेलापन है तो उनके ऊपर स्नेह से सहयोग देना पड़ेगा क्योंकि समय तीव्रता से समीप आ रहा है . albēlāpan hai tō unkē ūpar snēh sē sahyōg dēnā paṛēgā kyōṅki samay tīvratā sē samīp ā rahā hai . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.pl.kē] ūpar snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . carelessness be[pres.sg.23] then that[.kē] over love from cooperation give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] because time fast speed from close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
423If there is carelessness, then you will have to give them co-operation with love because time is coming close at a fast speed.
376तो ऐसा कोई प्लैन बनाओ . tō aisā kōī plan banāō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
424So create such a plan.
377कोई न कोई वर्क इन्ट्रेस्ट का निकालके सबको बिजी रखो उसमें . kōī na kōī work interest kā nikālkē sabkō busy rakhō usmē̃ . kōī na kōī[x] work interest kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[abs.] sabkō busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] . one .. or another x interest of x[abs.] everything busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] .
425Find one or another type of interesting work to keep everyone busy in that.
378ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
426Is that all right?
379अच्छा है सभी हिम्मत वाले हो ना . achchhā hai sabhī himmat vālē hō nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] all courage those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
427It is good that all of you have courage, is it not?
380हिम्मत कम तो नहीं होती ? himmat cum|kam tō nahī̃ hōtī ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] ? courage (x|less) then not be[pres-part.f.] ?
428Your courage does not decrease, does it?
381हिम्मत कम होती है , तो बाप की मदद का भी अनुभव नहीं होता है , बाप मदद देता है , लेकिन कैच नहीं कर पाते हैं . himmat kam hōtī hai , tō bāp key|kī madad kā bhī anubhav nahī̃ hōtā hai , bāp madad dētā hai , lēkin catch nahī̃ kar pātē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin catch nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+pānā] . courage decrease , then father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x of too experience not be[pres.sg.m.23] , father x give[pres.sg.m.23] , but catch not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+pānā] .
429When you don't have so much courage, you don't experience the Father's help either. 430The Father helps, but you are not able to catch it.
382फायदा नहीं उठा सकते हैं . phāydā nahī̃ uṭhā saktē haĩ . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . profit not uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
431You are unable to take the benefit of it.
383इसीलिए सदा अपने को देखो , हिम्मत बढ़ाओ . isīliē sadā apnē kō dēkhō , himmat baṛhāō . isīliē sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x constantly one’s own to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , courage increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
432Therefore, always look at yourself and increase your courage.
384कोई न कोई ऐसी बात बुद्धि में रखो जिससे हिम्मत बढ़ती रहे . kōī na kōī aisī bāt buddhi mē̃ rakhō jissē himmat baṛhtī rahē . kōī na kōī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.sē] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . one .. or another such matter intellect in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.sē] courage grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
433Keep one or another such thing in your intellect through which your courage continues to increase.
385जितनी हिम्मत बढ़ेगी ना तो हिम्मत के आगे और बातें आनी भी कम हो जायेंगी . jitnī himmat baṛhēgī nā tō himmat kē āgē aur bātē̃ ānī bhī kam hō jāyēṅgī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] aur bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[inf.f.] bhī[p.] kam hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . the more courage grow[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ then courage in front of and matter come[inf.f.] too decrease .
434The more your courage increases, in front of that courage, other things coming in front of you will also reduce.
386अच्छा है , सोचना इस पर . achchhā hai , sōchnā is par . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , think[inf.m.sg.d.] this (at|other) .
435It is good. 436Think about this.
387सन्देशी दादी ने शरीर छोड़ा है , उनके प्रति भोग लगाने के लिए भुवनेश्वर से ग्रुप आया है : बापदादा की बहुत रमणीक बच्ची कहें , या सखी कहें जो सन्देशी , इस शरीर को छोड़ करके एडवांस पार्टी में गई , अपने जीवन का बापदादा से साकार में फायदा भी बहुत अच्छा उठाया , सखीपन का पार्ट भी बजाया , खेलने वाली बनी , और अपने स्मृति से अपना भविष्य बनाया . sandēśhī dādī nē śharīr chhōṛā hai , unkē prati bhōg lagānē kē liē bhuvanēśvar sē group āyā hai : bāpdādā key|kī bahut ramaṇīk bachchī kahē̃ , yā sakhī kahē̃ jō sandēśhī , is śharīr kō chhōṛ karkē advance party mē̃ gaī , apnē jīvan kā bāpdādā sē sākār mē̃ phāydā bhī bahut achchhā uṭhāyā , sakhīpan kā part bhī bajāyā , khēlnē vālī banī , aur apnē smr̥iti sē apnā bhaviṣhya banāyā . sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.kē] prati bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] x sē[postp.] group ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahut ramaṇīk[adj.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yā sakhā[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] karnā[abs.] advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.f.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , khēlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[past-part.f.] , aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . trance messenger Dadi ∅ body renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kē] for (x|experience[root]) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x from group come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very entertaining girl say[opt.pl.12hon3] , or friend say[opt.pl.12hon3] that trance messenger , this body to renounce[root] do[abs.] advance party in go[past-part.f.] , one’s own life of BapDada from sakar in profit too very achcha uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x of part too play[past-part.m.sg.d.] , play[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[past-part.f.] , and one’s own awareness from (one’s own|adopt[root]) future create[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
437Sandeshi Dadi left her body and a group came from Bhuvneshwar to offer bhog for her: Call her BapDada's very entertaining child or friend, Sandeshi left her body and went into the advance party. 438In the corporeal form, in her life, she took a lot of benefit from BapDada. 439She also played the part of being a friend. 440She was one who used to play games with Baba, and with her remembrance she created her future.
388अभी जो आये हैं साथी बनके , वह उठो . abhī jō āyē haĩ sāthī bankē , vah uṭhō . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] companion become[abs.] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
441All her companions who have come, stand up.
389जो भी आये हैं . jō bhī āyē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 390अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
442All of those who have come, it is good.
391प्यार का सबूत तो दिया ना . pyār kā sabūt tō diyā nā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . love of x then give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
443You gave the proof of love, did you not?
392अभी आगे भी प्यार का सबूत है , सभी को सन्तुष्ट रहके सन्तुष्ट करना . abhī āgē bhī pyār kā sabūt hai , sabhī kō santuṣhṭ rahkē santuṣhṭ karnā . ab[adv.hī] āgē bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[abs.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now previously too love of x be[pres.sg.23] , all to content remain[abs.] content do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 393हिम्मतहीन को हिम्मत देना . himmathīn kō himmat dēnā . himmat-hīn[adj.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . without courage to courage give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
444Now, even more proof of love is for all of you to remain content and make everyone content, to give courage to those who lack courage.
394नम्बरवार तो होते ही हैं ना . number-vār tō hōtē hī haĩ nā . number-wār tō hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . numberwise then be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
445It is of course numberwise.
395तो हिम्मत देते रहना . tō himmat dētē rahnā . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then courage give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
446So, continue to give courage.
396उमंग-उल्हास बढ़ाते रहना . umaṅg-ulhās baṛhātē rahnā . umaṅg-ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . zeal and enthusiasm increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
447Continue to increase their zeal and enthusiasm.
397सिर्फ याद नहीं करना , लेकिन उसकी पालना का प्रत्यक्ष सबूत देना . sirph yād nahī̃ karnā , lēkin uskī pālnā kā pratyakṣha sabūt dēnā . sirph[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , lēkin vah[pn.sg.kī] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only remembrance not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , but that[.kī] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of visible x give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
448Do not just remember her, but also give the practical proof of the sustenance received from her.
398बाकी अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . bākī achchhā part bajāyā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (others|but) achcha play one's part .
449She played a good part.
399आप सभी भी अच्छे ते अच्छा पार्ट बजाते रहना और बजायेंगे . āp sabhī bhī achchhē tē achchhā part bajātē rahnā aur bajāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you all too achcha from achcha part play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
450All of you also continue to play the best part of all and you will play it.
400सभी ठीक हैं ! sabhī ṭhīk haĩ ! sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
451Are all of you OK?
401हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
452Wave your hands.
402अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
453Achcha.
403दादी जानकी बापदादा को भोग स्वीकार करा रही हैं बापदादा बोले : देखो अच्छी दादियां मिली हैं ना ! dādī jānkī bāpdādā kō bhōg svīkār karā rahī haĩ bāpdādā bōlē : dēkhō achchhī dādiyā̃ milī haĩ nā ! dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] bāpdādā bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bōlnā[opt.sg.23] : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] nā ! Dadi x BapDada to (x|experience[root]) acceptance make commit[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] BapDada (speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|speak[opt.sg.23]) : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achcha Dadi receive[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ !
454Dadi Janki offered bhog to BapDada and BapDada said: Look, you have found good Dadis, have you not?
404यह सब साथी भी हैं , दादियों की साथी भी हैं , दादियां भी हैं . yah sab sāthī bhī haĩ , dādiyō̃ key|kī sāthī bhī haĩ , dādiyā̃ bhī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this all companion too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Dadi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) companion too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Dadi too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
455There are their companions too. 456There are the companions of Dadis and the Dadis too.
405तो सदा हर दादी की , हर साथियों की विशेषता को देख , विशेषता को कार्य में लाना क्योंकि बापदादा ने हर एक बच्चे को कोई न कोई विशेषता स्पेशल दी है , आप सबको भी है , ऐसे नहीं सिर्फ दादियों को है , आपको भी है लेकिन क्या है कोई विशेषता को कार्य में ला रहा है इसलिए वह प्रसिद्ध हो जाता और कोई विशेषता को कार्य में नहीं लाता तो गुप्त रह जाता . tō sadā har|her dādī key|kī , har|her sāthiyō̃ key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō dēkh , viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ lānā kyōṅki bāpdādā nē har ēk bachchē kō kōī na kōī viśhēṣhtā special dī hai , āp sabkō bhī hai , aisē nahī̃ sirph dādiyō̃ kō hai , āpkō bhī hai lēkin kyā hai kōī viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ lā rahā hai isliē vah prasiddh hō jātā aur kōī viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ nahī̃ lātā tō gupta rah jātā . tō sadā harnā[root]|har|her dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , harnā[root]|har|her sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] special dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkō bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] sirph[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] isliē vah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō gupt[adj.] rahnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then constantly (x[root]|x) Dadi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , (x[root]|x) companion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to see[root] , speciality to task in x[inf.m.sg.d.] because BapDada ∅ each one child to one .. or another speciality special give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , you everything too be[pres.sg.23] , it isn't that only Dadi to be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kō] too be[pres.sg.23] but what be[pres.sg.23] some speciality to task in x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] therefore that x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] someone else speciality to task in not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then incognito remain[root] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
457So, always see the speciality of every Dadi and every companion, and use those specialities because BapDada has given one special speciality or another to each child. 458All of you also have specialities; it is not that only the Dadis have specialities. 459You also have specialities but some of you are using those specialities and so you become well known and others who are not using your specialities remain incognito.
406बाकी विशेषता सबमें है . bākī viśhēṣhtā sabmē̃ hai . bākī|bākī viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sabmē̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) speciality x be[pres.sg.23] .
460But everyone does have a speciality.
407छोटे से छोटा जो प्यादे में प्यादा है ना उसमें भी विशेषता है . chhōṭē sē chhōṭā jō pyādē mē̃ pyādā hai nā usmē̃ bhī viśhēṣhtā hai . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . small from small that infantry in infantry be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that[.mē̃] too speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
461Even the youngest of all, the foot-soldiers, also have a speciality.
408वह भी स्मृति दिलाता है कि आप महारथी हो , आप महान हो हम प्यादे हैं . vah bhī smr̥iti dilātā hai ki āp mahārathī hō , āp mahān hō ham pyādē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] smr̥iti dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too remind that you maharathi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you great (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) we infantry be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
462They too remind you that you are a maharathi: You are great and we are foot soldiers.
409इसलिए संगठन सभी जगह मजबूत करो , चाहे दो हैं चाहे 4 हैं , चाहे 12 हैं , लेकिन दो का भी संगठन ऐसा मजबूत हो जो दोनों एकमत हों . isliē saṅgaṭhan sabhī jagah majbūt karō , chāhē dō haĩ chāhē 4 haĩ , chāhē 12 haĩ , lēkin dō kā bhī saṅgaṭhan aisā majbūt hō jō dōnō̃ ēkmat hō̃ . isliē saṅgaṭhan[x] sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē 4 hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē 12 hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] majbūt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] dōnō̃ ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . therefore gathering all x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) 4 be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) 12 be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) of too gathering such x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that x one direction be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
463Therefore, strengthen the gathering in all places. 464Whether there are two, four or twelve, even the gathering of two should be so strong that both are united in one direction.
410स्वभाव एक दो में श्रेष्ठ बनाए , मिलाने की कोशिश करो . svabhāv ēk dō mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh banāē , milānē key|kī kōśhiśh karō . svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|banānā[opt.sg.23] , milānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nature one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in elevated (create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|create[opt.sg.23]) , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
465Make the nature of one another elevated and try to be in harmony.
411जैसे दादी को याद करते हैं ना , क्यों याद करते हो ? jaisē dādī kō yād kartē haĩ nā , kyō̃ yād kartē hō ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , kyō̃ yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? like Dadi to remember ∅ , why remember ?
466You all remember Dadi, do you not? 467Why do you remember her?
412उसकी विशेषता सबको अपनापन दिया है ना , ऐसे सभी को अपनापन दिया ना , तो क्यों आप सभी नहीं कर सकते हो ? uskī viśhēṣhtā sabkō apnāpan diyā hai nā , aisē sabhī kō apnāpan diyā nā , tō kyō̃ āp sabhī nahī̃ kar saktē hō ? vah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sabkō apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , tō kyō̃ āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? that[.kī] speciality everything consciousness of “I” give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , such all to consciousness of “I” give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , then why you all not do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
468Her speciality was that she gave everyone a feeling of belonging. 469It was like that, was it not? 470She gave everyone the feeling of belonging, did she not? 471So, why are all of you not able to do that?
413जैसे सभी ने अनुभव किया , हमारी दादी है . jaisē sabhī nē anubhav kiyā , hamārī dādī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ham[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like all ∅ experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , we[.kī] Dadi be[pres.sg.23] .
472All of you experienced: "She is our Dadi".
414ऐसे नहीं मधुबन की दादी है , हमारी है , ऐसे सभी ब्राह्मण एक दो में अपनापन अनुभव करें . aisē nahī̃ madhuban key|kī dādī hai , hamārī hai , aisē sabhī brāhmaṇ ēk dō mē̃ apnāpan anubhav karē̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . it isn't that Madhuban (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Dadi be[pres.sg.23] , we[.kī] be[pres.sg.23] , such all Brahmin one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in consciousness of “I” experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
473It wasn't that she was the Dadi of Madhuban. 474"She is our Dadi". 475In this way, all Brahmins should have the feeling of belonging to one another.
415यह है दादी को याद करना . yah hai dādī kō yād karnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[x] . this be[pres.sg.23] Dadi to remember .
476This is what it means to remember Dadi.
416इसी को ही याद कहा जाता है . isī kō hī yād kahā jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.hī] kō[postp.] hī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . this[.hī] to only remembrance (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
477This is called remembrance.
417समान बनना , विशेषता धारण करना , इसको कहते हैं याद . samān bannā , viśhēṣhtā dhāraṇ karnā , iskō kahtē haĩ yād . samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dhāraṇ karnā[x] , yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yād[n.f.;sg.] . equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] , speciality adopt[x] , this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remembrance .
478To become equal, to imbibe their speciality - this is called remembrance.
418ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
479Is that all right?
419हर एक यही सोचोसब अपने हैं . har ēk yahī sōcōsab apnē haĩ . har ēk[x] yahī[pn.;d.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . each one this x one’s own be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
480Each one of you should think that everyone belongs to you.
420अपनापन महसूस हो , ऐसे नहीं यह तो पता नहीं कौन है , क्या है . apnāpan mahsūs hō , aisē nahī̃ yah tō patā nahī̃ kaun hai , kyā hai . apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisē nahī̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . consciousness of “I” experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , it isn't that this then knowledge not who be[pres.sg.23] , what be[pres.sg.23] .
481Have the feeling of belonging. 482It should not be: I don't know who this one is or what he is.
421एक परिवार है ना ! ēk parivār hai nā ! ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! one family be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
483This is one family, is it not?
422दादी भी सभी सेन्टर पर तो नहीं रहती थी ना , एक ही स्थान पर रहती थी मधुबन में , लेकिन सभी को अपनापन दिया . dādī bhī sabhī centre par tō nahī̃ rahtī thī nā , ēk hī sthān par rahtī thī madhuban mē̃ , lēkin sabhī kō apnāpan diyā . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] rahnā[hab-past.f.] nā , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[hab-past.f.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , lēkin sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Dadi too all centre (at|other) then not remain[hab-past.f.] ∅ , one only place (at|other) remain[hab-past.f.] Madhuban in , but all to consciousness of “I” give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
484Dadi did not live at all the centres, did she? 485She used to live in one place in Madhuban, but she gave everyone the feeling of belonging.
423तो आप सभी भी अपने अपने स्थान पर रहते भी अपनापन दे सकते हो . tō āp sabhī bhī apnē apnē sthān par rahtē bhī apnāpan dē saktē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then you all too one’s own one’s own place (at|other) remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too consciousness of “I” give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
486So, all of you staying at your own places can also give the feeling of belonging.
424यह दिल की स्थिति है . yah dil key|kī sthiti hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage be[pres.sg.23] . 425साथ रहने की बात नहीं है , यह दिल का वायब्रेशन अपनापन लाता है . sāth rahnē key|kī bāt nahī̃ hai , yah dil kā vibration apnāpan lātā hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[pres.sg.m.23] . with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter not be[pres.sg.23] , this heart of vibrations consciousness of “I” x[pres.sg.m.23] .
487This is a matter of the stage of the heart, not a matter of living together. 488These vibrations from the heart bring a feeling of belonging.
426अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
489Achcha.
490* * * O M S H A N T I * * *